Documentation ¶
Overview ¶
Package glue provides the client and types for making API requests to AWS Glue.
Defines the public endpoint for the AWS Glue service.
See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31 for more information on this service.
See glue package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/glue/
Using the Client ¶
To use AWS Glue with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.
See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/
See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config
See the AWS Glue client for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/glue/#New
Index ¶
- Constants
- type Action
- type BatchCreatePartitionInput
- type BatchCreatePartitionOutput
- type BatchCreatePartitionRequest
- type BatchCreatePartitionResponse
- type BatchDeleteConnectionInput
- type BatchDeleteConnectionOutput
- type BatchDeleteConnectionRequest
- type BatchDeleteConnectionResponse
- type BatchDeletePartitionInput
- type BatchDeletePartitionOutput
- type BatchDeletePartitionRequest
- type BatchDeletePartitionResponse
- type BatchDeleteTableInput
- type BatchDeleteTableOutput
- type BatchDeleteTableRequest
- type BatchDeleteTableResponse
- type BatchDeleteTableVersionInput
- type BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput
- type BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest
- type BatchDeleteTableVersionResponse
- type BatchGetCrawlersInput
- type BatchGetCrawlersOutput
- type BatchGetCrawlersRequest
- type BatchGetCrawlersResponse
- type BatchGetDevEndpointsInput
- type BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput
- type BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest
- type BatchGetDevEndpointsResponse
- type BatchGetJobsInput
- type BatchGetJobsOutput
- type BatchGetJobsRequest
- type BatchGetJobsResponse
- type BatchGetPartitionInput
- type BatchGetPartitionOutput
- type BatchGetPartitionRequest
- type BatchGetPartitionResponse
- type BatchGetTriggersInput
- type BatchGetTriggersOutput
- type BatchGetTriggersRequest
- type BatchGetTriggersResponse
- type BatchGetWorkflowsInput
- type BatchGetWorkflowsOutput
- type BatchGetWorkflowsRequest
- type BatchGetWorkflowsResponse
- type BatchStopJobRunError
- type BatchStopJobRunInput
- type BatchStopJobRunOutput
- type BatchStopJobRunRequest
- type BatchStopJobRunResponse
- type BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission
- type CancelMLTaskRunInput
- type CancelMLTaskRunOutput
- type CancelMLTaskRunRequest
- type CancelMLTaskRunResponse
- type CatalogEncryptionMode
- type CatalogEntry
- type CatalogImportStatus
- type CatalogTarget
- type Classifier
- type Client
- func (c *Client) BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input *BatchCreatePartitionInput) BatchCreatePartitionRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input *BatchDeletePartitionInput) BatchDeletePartitionRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchDeleteTableRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableInput) BatchDeleteTableRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchGetCrawlersRequest(input *BatchGetCrawlersInput) BatchGetCrawlersRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest(input *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchGetJobsRequest(input *BatchGetJobsInput) BatchGetJobsRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchGetPartitionRequest(input *BatchGetPartitionInput) BatchGetPartitionRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchGetTriggersRequest(input *BatchGetTriggersInput) BatchGetTriggersRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchGetWorkflowsRequest(input *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) BatchGetWorkflowsRequest
- func (c *Client) BatchStopJobRunRequest(input *BatchStopJobRunInput) BatchStopJobRunRequest
- func (c *Client) CancelMLTaskRunRequest(input *CancelMLTaskRunInput) CancelMLTaskRunRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateClassifierRequest(input *CreateClassifierInput) CreateClassifierRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateConnectionRequest(input *CreateConnectionInput) CreateConnectionRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateCrawlerRequest(input *CreateCrawlerInput) CreateCrawlerRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateDatabaseRequest(input *CreateDatabaseInput) CreateDatabaseRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateDevEndpointRequest(input *CreateDevEndpointInput) CreateDevEndpointRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) CreateJobRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateMLTransformRequest(input *CreateMLTransformInput) CreateMLTransformRequest
- func (c *Client) CreatePartitionRequest(input *CreatePartitionInput) CreatePartitionRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateScriptRequest(input *CreateScriptInput) CreateScriptRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateTableRequest(input *CreateTableInput) CreateTableRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateTriggerRequest(input *CreateTriggerInput) CreateTriggerRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest
- func (c *Client) CreateWorkflowRequest(input *CreateWorkflowInput) CreateWorkflowRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteClassifierRequest(input *DeleteClassifierInput) DeleteClassifierRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteConnectionRequest(input *DeleteConnectionInput) DeleteConnectionRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteCrawlerRequest(input *DeleteCrawlerInput) DeleteCrawlerRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteDatabaseRequest(input *DeleteDatabaseInput) DeleteDatabaseRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDevEndpointInput) DeleteDevEndpointRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteJobRequest(input *DeleteJobInput) DeleteJobRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteMLTransformRequest(input *DeleteMLTransformInput) DeleteMLTransformRequest
- func (c *Client) DeletePartitionRequest(input *DeletePartitionInput) DeletePartitionRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteResourcePolicyRequest(input *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) DeleteResourcePolicyRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteTableRequest(input *DeleteTableInput) DeleteTableRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteTableVersionRequest(input *DeleteTableVersionInput) DeleteTableVersionRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteTriggerRequest(input *DeleteTriggerInput) DeleteTriggerRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest
- func (c *Client) DeleteWorkflowRequest(input *DeleteWorkflowInput) DeleteWorkflowRequest
- func (c *Client) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest
- func (c *Client) GetClassifierRequest(input *GetClassifierInput) GetClassifierRequest
- func (c *Client) GetClassifiersRequest(input *GetClassifiersInput) GetClassifiersRequest
- func (c *Client) GetConnectionRequest(input *GetConnectionInput) GetConnectionRequest
- func (c *Client) GetConnectionsRequest(input *GetConnectionsInput) GetConnectionsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetCrawlerRequest(input *GetCrawlerInput) GetCrawlerRequest
- func (c *Client) GetCrawlersRequest(input *GetCrawlersInput) GetCrawlersRequest
- func (c *Client) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetDatabaseRequest(input *GetDatabaseInput) GetDatabaseRequest
- func (c *Client) GetDatabasesRequest(input *GetDatabasesInput) GetDatabasesRequest
- func (c *Client) GetDataflowGraphRequest(input *GetDataflowGraphInput) GetDataflowGraphRequest
- func (c *Client) GetDevEndpointRequest(input *GetDevEndpointInput) GetDevEndpointRequest
- func (c *Client) GetDevEndpointsRequest(input *GetDevEndpointsInput) GetDevEndpointsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetJobBookmarkRequest(input *GetJobBookmarkInput) GetJobBookmarkRequest
- func (c *Client) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) GetJobRequest
- func (c *Client) GetJobRunRequest(input *GetJobRunInput) GetJobRunRequest
- func (c *Client) GetJobRunsRequest(input *GetJobRunsInput) GetJobRunsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetJobsRequest(input *GetJobsInput) GetJobsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetMLTaskRunRequest(input *GetMLTaskRunInput) GetMLTaskRunRequest
- func (c *Client) GetMLTaskRunsRequest(input *GetMLTaskRunsInput) GetMLTaskRunsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetMLTransformRequest(input *GetMLTransformInput) GetMLTransformRequest
- func (c *Client) GetMLTransformsRequest(input *GetMLTransformsInput) GetMLTransformsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetMappingRequest(input *GetMappingInput) GetMappingRequest
- func (c *Client) GetPartitionRequest(input *GetPartitionInput) GetPartitionRequest
- func (c *Client) GetPartitionsRequest(input *GetPartitionsInput) GetPartitionsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetPlanRequest(input *GetPlanInput) GetPlanRequest
- func (c *Client) GetResourcePolicyRequest(input *GetResourcePolicyInput) GetResourcePolicyRequest
- func (c *Client) GetSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) GetSecurityConfigurationRequest
- func (c *Client) GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetTableRequest(input *GetTableInput) GetTableRequest
- func (c *Client) GetTableVersionRequest(input *GetTableVersionInput) GetTableVersionRequest
- func (c *Client) GetTableVersionsRequest(input *GetTableVersionsInput) GetTableVersionsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetTablesRequest(input *GetTablesInput) GetTablesRequest
- func (c *Client) GetTagsRequest(input *GetTagsInput) GetTagsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetTriggerRequest(input *GetTriggerInput) GetTriggerRequest
- func (c *Client) GetTriggersRequest(input *GetTriggersInput) GetTriggersRequest
- func (c *Client) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest
- func (c *Client) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest
- func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRequest(input *GetWorkflowInput) GetWorkflowRequest
- func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest
- func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRunRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunInput) GetWorkflowRunRequest
- func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRunsRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunsInput) GetWorkflowRunsRequest
- func (c *Client) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest
- func (c *Client) ListCrawlersRequest(input *ListCrawlersInput) ListCrawlersRequest
- func (c *Client) ListDevEndpointsRequest(input *ListDevEndpointsInput) ListDevEndpointsRequest
- func (c *Client) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) ListJobsRequest
- func (c *Client) ListMLTransformsRequest(input *ListMLTransformsInput) ListMLTransformsRequest
- func (c *Client) ListTriggersRequest(input *ListTriggersInput) ListTriggersRequest
- func (c *Client) ListWorkflowsRequest(input *ListWorkflowsInput) ListWorkflowsRequest
- func (c *Client) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest
- func (c *Client) PutResourcePolicyRequest(input *PutResourcePolicyInput) PutResourcePolicyRequest
- func (c *Client) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest
- func (c *Client) ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input *ResetJobBookmarkInput) ResetJobBookmarkRequest
- func (c *Client) SearchTablesRequest(input *SearchTablesInput) SearchTablesRequest
- func (c *Client) StartCrawlerRequest(input *StartCrawlerInput) StartCrawlerRequest
- func (c *Client) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest
- func (c *Client) StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest
- func (c *Client) StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest
- func (c *Client) StartJobRunRequest(input *StartJobRunInput) StartJobRunRequest
- func (c *Client) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest(input *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest
- func (c *Client) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest(input *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest
- func (c *Client) StartTriggerRequest(input *StartTriggerInput) StartTriggerRequest
- func (c *Client) StartWorkflowRunRequest(input *StartWorkflowRunInput) StartWorkflowRunRequest
- func (c *Client) StopCrawlerRequest(input *StopCrawlerInput) StopCrawlerRequest
- func (c *Client) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest
- func (c *Client) StopTriggerRequest(input *StopTriggerInput) StopTriggerRequest
- func (c *Client) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) TagResourceRequest
- func (c *Client) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) UntagResourceRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateClassifierRequest(input *UpdateClassifierInput) UpdateClassifierRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateConnectionRequest(input *UpdateConnectionInput) UpdateConnectionRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateCrawlerRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerInput) UpdateCrawlerRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateDatabaseRequest(input *UpdateDatabaseInput) UpdateDatabaseRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input *UpdateDevEndpointInput) UpdateDevEndpointRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateJobRequest(input *UpdateJobInput) UpdateJobRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateMLTransformRequest(input *UpdateMLTransformInput) UpdateMLTransformRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdatePartitionRequest(input *UpdatePartitionInput) UpdatePartitionRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateTableRequest(input *UpdateTableInput) UpdateTableRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateTriggerRequest(input *UpdateTriggerInput) UpdateTriggerRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest
- func (c *Client) UpdateWorkflowRequest(input *UpdateWorkflowInput) UpdateWorkflowRequest
- type CloudWatchEncryption
- type CloudWatchEncryptionMode
- type CodeGenEdge
- type CodeGenNode
- type CodeGenNodeArg
- type Column
- type Comparator
- type Condition
- type ConfusionMatrix
- type Connection
- type ConnectionInput
- type ConnectionPasswordEncryption
- type ConnectionPropertyKey
- type ConnectionType
- type ConnectionsList
- type Crawl
- type CrawlState
- type Crawler
- type CrawlerMetrics
- type CrawlerNodeDetails
- type CrawlerState
- type CrawlerTargets
- type CreateClassifierInput
- type CreateClassifierOutput
- type CreateClassifierRequest
- type CreateClassifierResponse
- type CreateConnectionInput
- type CreateConnectionOutput
- type CreateConnectionRequest
- type CreateConnectionResponse
- type CreateCrawlerInput
- type CreateCrawlerOutput
- type CreateCrawlerRequest
- type CreateCrawlerResponse
- type CreateCsvClassifierRequest
- type CreateDatabaseInput
- type CreateDatabaseOutput
- type CreateDatabaseRequest
- type CreateDatabaseResponse
- type CreateDevEndpointInput
- type CreateDevEndpointOutput
- type CreateDevEndpointRequest
- type CreateDevEndpointResponse
- type CreateGrokClassifierRequest
- type CreateJobInput
- type CreateJobOutput
- type CreateJobRequest
- type CreateJobResponse
- type CreateJsonClassifierRequest
- type CreateMLTransformInput
- type CreateMLTransformOutput
- type CreateMLTransformRequest
- type CreateMLTransformResponse
- type CreatePartitionInput
- type CreatePartitionOutput
- type CreatePartitionRequest
- type CreatePartitionResponse
- type CreateScriptInput
- type CreateScriptOutput
- type CreateScriptRequest
- type CreateScriptResponse
- type CreateSecurityConfigurationInput
- type CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput
- type CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest
- type CreateSecurityConfigurationResponse
- type CreateTableInput
- type CreateTableOutput
- type CreateTableRequest
- type CreateTableResponse
- type CreateTriggerInput
- type CreateTriggerOutput
- type CreateTriggerRequest
- type CreateTriggerResponse
- type CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput
- type CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput
- type CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest
- type CreateUserDefinedFunctionResponse
- type CreateWorkflowInput
- type CreateWorkflowOutput
- type CreateWorkflowRequest
- type CreateWorkflowResponse
- type CreateXMLClassifierRequest
- type CsvClassifier
- type CsvHeaderOption
- type DataCatalogEncryptionSettings
- type DataLakePrincipal
- type Database
- type DatabaseInput
- type DeleteBehavior
- type DeleteClassifierInput
- type DeleteClassifierOutput
- type DeleteClassifierRequest
- type DeleteClassifierResponse
- type DeleteConnectionInput
- type DeleteConnectionOutput
- type DeleteConnectionRequest
- type DeleteConnectionResponse
- type DeleteCrawlerInput
- type DeleteCrawlerOutput
- type DeleteCrawlerRequest
- type DeleteCrawlerResponse
- type DeleteDatabaseInput
- type DeleteDatabaseOutput
- type DeleteDatabaseRequest
- type DeleteDatabaseResponse
- type DeleteDevEndpointInput
- type DeleteDevEndpointOutput
- type DeleteDevEndpointRequest
- type DeleteDevEndpointResponse
- type DeleteJobInput
- type DeleteJobOutput
- type DeleteJobRequest
- type DeleteJobResponse
- type DeleteMLTransformInput
- type DeleteMLTransformOutput
- type DeleteMLTransformRequest
- type DeleteMLTransformResponse
- type DeletePartitionInput
- type DeletePartitionOutput
- type DeletePartitionRequest
- type DeletePartitionResponse
- type DeleteResourcePolicyInput
- type DeleteResourcePolicyOutput
- type DeleteResourcePolicyRequest
- type DeleteResourcePolicyResponse
- type DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput
- type DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput
- type DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest
- type DeleteSecurityConfigurationResponse
- type DeleteTableInput
- type DeleteTableOutput
- type DeleteTableRequest
- type DeleteTableResponse
- type DeleteTableVersionInput
- type DeleteTableVersionOutput
- type DeleteTableVersionRequest
- type DeleteTableVersionResponse
- type DeleteTriggerInput
- type DeleteTriggerOutput
- type DeleteTriggerRequest
- type DeleteTriggerResponse
- type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput
- type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput
- type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest
- type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionResponse
- type DeleteWorkflowInput
- type DeleteWorkflowOutput
- type DeleteWorkflowRequest
- type DeleteWorkflowResponse
- type DevEndpoint
- type DevEndpointCustomLibraries
- type DynamoDBTarget
- type Edge
- type EncryptionAtRest
- type EncryptionConfiguration
- type ErrorDetail
- type EvaluationMetrics
- type ExecutionProperty
- type ExistCondition
- type ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties
- type FindMatchesMetrics
- type FindMatchesParameters
- type FindMatchesTaskRunProperties
- type GetCatalogImportStatusInput
- type GetCatalogImportStatusOutput
- type GetCatalogImportStatusRequest
- type GetCatalogImportStatusResponse
- type GetClassifierInput
- type GetClassifierOutput
- type GetClassifierRequest
- type GetClassifierResponse
- type GetClassifiersInput
- type GetClassifiersOutput
- type GetClassifiersPaginator
- type GetClassifiersRequest
- type GetClassifiersResponse
- type GetConnectionInput
- type GetConnectionOutput
- type GetConnectionRequest
- type GetConnectionResponse
- type GetConnectionsFilter
- type GetConnectionsInput
- type GetConnectionsOutput
- type GetConnectionsPaginator
- type GetConnectionsRequest
- type GetConnectionsResponse
- type GetCrawlerInput
- type GetCrawlerMetricsInput
- type GetCrawlerMetricsOutput
- type GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator
- type GetCrawlerMetricsRequest
- type GetCrawlerMetricsResponse
- type GetCrawlerOutput
- type GetCrawlerRequest
- type GetCrawlerResponse
- type GetCrawlersInput
- type GetCrawlersOutput
- type GetCrawlersPaginator
- type GetCrawlersRequest
- type GetCrawlersResponse
- type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput
- type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput
- type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest
- type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse
- type GetDatabaseInput
- type GetDatabaseOutput
- type GetDatabaseRequest
- type GetDatabaseResponse
- type GetDatabasesInput
- type GetDatabasesOutput
- type GetDatabasesPaginator
- type GetDatabasesRequest
- type GetDatabasesResponse
- type GetDataflowGraphInput
- type GetDataflowGraphOutput
- type GetDataflowGraphRequest
- type GetDataflowGraphResponse
- type GetDevEndpointInput
- type GetDevEndpointOutput
- type GetDevEndpointRequest
- type GetDevEndpointResponse
- type GetDevEndpointsInput
- type GetDevEndpointsOutput
- type GetDevEndpointsPaginator
- type GetDevEndpointsRequest
- type GetDevEndpointsResponse
- type GetJobBookmarkInput
- type GetJobBookmarkOutput
- type GetJobBookmarkRequest
- type GetJobBookmarkResponse
- type GetJobInput
- type GetJobOutput
- type GetJobRequest
- type GetJobResponse
- type GetJobRunInput
- type GetJobRunOutput
- type GetJobRunRequest
- type GetJobRunResponse
- type GetJobRunsInput
- type GetJobRunsOutput
- type GetJobRunsPaginator
- type GetJobRunsRequest
- type GetJobRunsResponse
- type GetJobsInput
- type GetJobsOutput
- type GetJobsPaginator
- type GetJobsRequest
- type GetJobsResponse
- type GetMLTaskRunInput
- type GetMLTaskRunOutput
- type GetMLTaskRunRequest
- type GetMLTaskRunResponse
- type GetMLTaskRunsInput
- type GetMLTaskRunsOutput
- type GetMLTaskRunsPaginator
- type GetMLTaskRunsRequest
- type GetMLTaskRunsResponse
- type GetMLTransformInput
- type GetMLTransformOutput
- type GetMLTransformRequest
- type GetMLTransformResponse
- type GetMLTransformsInput
- type GetMLTransformsOutput
- type GetMLTransformsPaginator
- type GetMLTransformsRequest
- type GetMLTransformsResponse
- type GetMappingInput
- type GetMappingOutput
- type GetMappingRequest
- type GetMappingResponse
- type GetPartitionInput
- type GetPartitionOutput
- type GetPartitionRequest
- type GetPartitionResponse
- type GetPartitionsInput
- type GetPartitionsOutput
- type GetPartitionsPaginator
- type GetPartitionsRequest
- type GetPartitionsResponse
- type GetPlanInput
- type GetPlanOutput
- type GetPlanRequest
- type GetPlanResponse
- type GetResourcePolicyInput
- type GetResourcePolicyOutput
- type GetResourcePolicyRequest
- type GetResourcePolicyResponse
- type GetSecurityConfigurationInput
- type GetSecurityConfigurationOutput
- type GetSecurityConfigurationRequest
- type GetSecurityConfigurationResponse
- type GetSecurityConfigurationsInput
- type GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput
- type GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator
- type GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest
- type GetSecurityConfigurationsResponse
- type GetTableInput
- type GetTableOutput
- type GetTableRequest
- type GetTableResponse
- type GetTableVersionInput
- type GetTableVersionOutput
- type GetTableVersionRequest
- type GetTableVersionResponse
- type GetTableVersionsInput
- type GetTableVersionsOutput
- type GetTableVersionsPaginator
- type GetTableVersionsRequest
- type GetTableVersionsResponse
- type GetTablesInput
- type GetTablesOutput
- type GetTablesPaginator
- type GetTablesRequest
- type GetTablesResponse
- type GetTagsInput
- type GetTagsOutput
- type GetTagsRequest
- type GetTagsResponse
- type GetTriggerInput
- type GetTriggerOutput
- type GetTriggerRequest
- type GetTriggerResponse
- type GetTriggersInput
- type GetTriggersOutput
- type GetTriggersPaginator
- type GetTriggersRequest
- type GetTriggersResponse
- type GetUserDefinedFunctionInput
- type GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput
- type GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest
- type GetUserDefinedFunctionResponse
- type GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput
- type GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput
- type GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator
- type GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest
- type GetUserDefinedFunctionsResponse
- type GetWorkflowInput
- type GetWorkflowOutput
- type GetWorkflowRequest
- type GetWorkflowResponse
- type GetWorkflowRunInput
- type GetWorkflowRunOutput
- type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput
- type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput
- type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest
- type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse
- type GetWorkflowRunRequest
- type GetWorkflowRunResponse
- type GetWorkflowRunsInput
- type GetWorkflowRunsOutput
- type GetWorkflowRunsPaginator
- type GetWorkflowRunsRequest
- type GetWorkflowRunsResponse
- type GlueTable
- type GrokClassifier
- type ImportCatalogToGlueInput
- type ImportCatalogToGlueOutput
- type ImportCatalogToGlueRequest
- type ImportCatalogToGlueResponse
- type ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties
- type JdbcTarget
- type Job
- type JobBookmarkEntry
- type JobBookmarksEncryption
- type JobBookmarksEncryptionMode
- type JobCommand
- type JobNodeDetails
- type JobRun
- type JobRunState
- type JobUpdate
- type JsonClassifier
- type LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties
- type Language
- type LastCrawlInfo
- type LastCrawlStatus
- type ListCrawlersInput
- type ListCrawlersOutput
- type ListCrawlersPaginator
- type ListCrawlersRequest
- type ListCrawlersResponse
- type ListDevEndpointsInput
- type ListDevEndpointsOutput
- type ListDevEndpointsPaginator
- type ListDevEndpointsRequest
- type ListDevEndpointsResponse
- type ListJobsInput
- type ListJobsOutput
- type ListJobsPaginator
- type ListJobsRequest
- type ListJobsResponse
- type ListMLTransformsInput
- type ListMLTransformsOutput
- type ListMLTransformsPaginator
- type ListMLTransformsRequest
- type ListMLTransformsResponse
- type ListTriggersInput
- type ListTriggersOutput
- type ListTriggersPaginator
- type ListTriggersRequest
- type ListTriggersResponse
- type ListWorkflowsInput
- type ListWorkflowsOutput
- type ListWorkflowsPaginator
- type ListWorkflowsRequest
- type ListWorkflowsResponse
- type Location
- type Logical
- type LogicalOperator
- type MLTransform
- type MappingEntry
- type Node
- type NodeType
- type NotificationProperty
- type Order
- type Partition
- type PartitionError
- type PartitionInput
- type PartitionValueList
- type Permission
- type PhysicalConnectionRequirements
- type Predecessor
- type Predicate
- type PrincipalPermissions
- type PrincipalType
- type PropertyPredicate
- type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput
- type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput
- type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest
- type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse
- type PutResourcePolicyInput
- type PutResourcePolicyOutput
- type PutResourcePolicyRequest
- type PutResourcePolicyResponse
- type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput
- type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput
- type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest
- type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse
- type ResetJobBookmarkInput
- type ResetJobBookmarkOutput
- type ResetJobBookmarkRequest
- type ResetJobBookmarkResponse
- type ResourceType
- type ResourceUri
- type S3Encryption
- type S3EncryptionMode
- type S3Target
- type Schedule
- type ScheduleState
- type SchemaChangePolicy
- type SchemaColumn
- type SearchTablesInput
- type SearchTablesOutput
- type SearchTablesPaginator
- type SearchTablesRequest
- type SearchTablesResponse
- type SecurityConfiguration
- type Segment
- type SerDeInfo
- type SkewedInfo
- type Sort
- type SortCriterion
- type SortDirectionType
- type StartCrawlerInput
- type StartCrawlerOutput
- type StartCrawlerRequest
- type StartCrawlerResponse
- type StartCrawlerScheduleInput
- type StartCrawlerScheduleOutput
- type StartCrawlerScheduleRequest
- type StartCrawlerScheduleResponse
- type StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput
- type StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput
- type StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest
- type StartExportLabelsTaskRunResponse
- type StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput
- type StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput
- type StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest
- type StartImportLabelsTaskRunResponse
- type StartJobRunInput
- type StartJobRunOutput
- type StartJobRunRequest
- type StartJobRunResponse
- type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput
- type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput
- type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest
- type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunResponse
- type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput
- type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput
- type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest
- type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunResponse
- type StartTriggerInput
- type StartTriggerOutput
- type StartTriggerRequest
- type StartTriggerResponse
- type StartWorkflowRunInput
- type StartWorkflowRunOutput
- type StartWorkflowRunRequest
- type StartWorkflowRunResponse
- type StopCrawlerInput
- type StopCrawlerOutput
- type StopCrawlerRequest
- type StopCrawlerResponse
- type StopCrawlerScheduleInput
- type StopCrawlerScheduleOutput
- type StopCrawlerScheduleRequest
- type StopCrawlerScheduleResponse
- type StopTriggerInput
- type StopTriggerOutput
- type StopTriggerRequest
- type StopTriggerResponse
- type StorageDescriptor
- type Table
- type TableError
- type TableInput
- type TableVersion
- type TableVersionError
- type TagResourceInput
- type TagResourceOutput
- type TagResourceRequest
- type TagResourceResponse
- type TaskRun
- type TaskRunFilterCriteria
- type TaskRunProperties
- type TaskRunSortColumnType
- type TaskRunSortCriteria
- type TaskStatusType
- type TaskType
- type TransformFilterCriteria
- type TransformParameters
- type TransformSortColumnType
- type TransformSortCriteria
- type TransformStatusType
- type TransformType
- type Trigger
- type TriggerNodeDetails
- type TriggerState
- type TriggerType
- type TriggerUpdate
- type UntagResourceInput
- type UntagResourceOutput
- type UntagResourceRequest
- type UntagResourceResponse
- type UpdateBehavior
- type UpdateClassifierInput
- type UpdateClassifierOutput
- type UpdateClassifierRequest
- type UpdateClassifierResponse
- type UpdateConnectionInput
- type UpdateConnectionOutput
- type UpdateConnectionRequest
- type UpdateConnectionResponse
- type UpdateCrawlerInput
- type UpdateCrawlerOutput
- type UpdateCrawlerRequest
- type UpdateCrawlerResponse
- type UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput
- type UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput
- type UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest
- type UpdateCrawlerScheduleResponse
- type UpdateCsvClassifierRequest
- type UpdateDatabaseInput
- type UpdateDatabaseOutput
- type UpdateDatabaseRequest
- type UpdateDatabaseResponse
- type UpdateDevEndpointInput
- type UpdateDevEndpointOutput
- type UpdateDevEndpointRequest
- type UpdateDevEndpointResponse
- type UpdateGrokClassifierRequest
- type UpdateJobInput
- type UpdateJobOutput
- type UpdateJobRequest
- type UpdateJobResponse
- type UpdateJsonClassifierRequest
- type UpdateMLTransformInput
- type UpdateMLTransformOutput
- type UpdateMLTransformRequest
- type UpdateMLTransformResponse
- type UpdatePartitionInput
- type UpdatePartitionOutput
- type UpdatePartitionRequest
- type UpdatePartitionResponse
- type UpdateTableInput
- type UpdateTableOutput
- type UpdateTableRequest
- type UpdateTableResponse
- type UpdateTriggerInput
- type UpdateTriggerOutput
- type UpdateTriggerRequest
- type UpdateTriggerResponse
- type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput
- type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput
- type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest
- type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionResponse
- type UpdateWorkflowInput
- type UpdateWorkflowOutput
- type UpdateWorkflowRequest
- type UpdateWorkflowResponse
- type UpdateXMLClassifierRequest
- type UserDefinedFunction
- type UserDefinedFunctionInput
- type WorkerType
- type Workflow
- type WorkflowGraph
- type WorkflowRun
- type WorkflowRunStatistics
- type WorkflowRunStatus
- type XMLClassifier
Constants ¶
const ( ServiceName = "AWS Glue" // Service's name ServiceID = "Glue" // Service's identifier EndpointsID = "glue" // Service's Endpoint identifier )
const ( // ErrCodeAccessDeniedException for service response error code // "AccessDeniedException". // // Access to a resource was denied. ErrCodeAccessDeniedException = "AccessDeniedException" // ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException for service response error code // "AlreadyExistsException". // // A resource to be created or added already exists. ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException = "AlreadyExistsException" // ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException for service response error code // "ConcurrentModificationException". // // Two processes are trying to modify a resource simultaneously. ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException = "ConcurrentModificationException" // ErrCodeConcurrentRunsExceededException for service response error code // "ConcurrentRunsExceededException". // // Too many jobs are being run concurrently. ErrCodeConcurrentRunsExceededException = "ConcurrentRunsExceededException" // ErrCodeConditionCheckFailureException for service response error code // "ConditionCheckFailureException". // // A specified condition was not satisfied. ErrCodeConditionCheckFailureException = "ConditionCheckFailureException" // ErrCodeCrawlerNotRunningException for service response error code // "CrawlerNotRunningException". // // The specified crawler is not running. ErrCodeCrawlerNotRunningException = "CrawlerNotRunningException" // ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException for service response error code // "CrawlerRunningException". // // The operation cannot be performed because the crawler is already running. ErrCodeCrawlerRunningException = "CrawlerRunningException" // ErrCodeCrawlerStoppingException for service response error code // "CrawlerStoppingException". // // The specified crawler is stopping. ErrCodeCrawlerStoppingException = "CrawlerStoppingException" // ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException for service response error code // "EntityNotFoundException". // // A specified entity does not exist ErrCodeEntityNotFoundException = "EntityNotFoundException" // ErrCodeGlueEncryptionException for service response error code // "GlueEncryptionException". // // An encryption operation failed. ErrCodeGlueEncryptionException = "GlueEncryptionException" // ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException for service response error code // "IdempotentParameterMismatchException". // // The same unique identifier was associated with two different records. ErrCodeIdempotentParameterMismatchException = "IdempotentParameterMismatchException" // ErrCodeInternalServiceException for service response error code // "InternalServiceException". // // An internal service error occurred. ErrCodeInternalServiceException = "InternalServiceException" // ErrCodeInvalidInputException for service response error code // "InvalidInputException". // // The input provided was not valid. ErrCodeInvalidInputException = "InvalidInputException" // ErrCodeMLTransformNotReadyException for service response error code // "MLTransformNotReadyException". // // The machine learning transform is not ready to run. ErrCodeMLTransformNotReadyException = "MLTransformNotReadyException" // ErrCodeNoScheduleException for service response error code // "NoScheduleException". // // There is no applicable schedule. ErrCodeNoScheduleException = "NoScheduleException" // ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException for service response error code // "OperationTimeoutException". // // The operation timed out. ErrCodeOperationTimeoutException = "OperationTimeoutException" // ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException for service response error code // "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException". // // A resource numerical limit was exceeded. ErrCodeResourceNumberLimitExceededException = "ResourceNumberLimitExceededException" // ErrCodeSchedulerNotRunningException for service response error code // "SchedulerNotRunningException". // // The specified scheduler is not running. ErrCodeSchedulerNotRunningException = "SchedulerNotRunningException" // ErrCodeSchedulerRunningException for service response error code // "SchedulerRunningException". // // The specified scheduler is already running. ErrCodeSchedulerRunningException = "SchedulerRunningException" // ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException for service response error code // "SchedulerTransitioningException". // // The specified scheduler is transitioning. ErrCodeSchedulerTransitioningException = "SchedulerTransitioningException" // ErrCodeValidationException for service response error code // "ValidationException". // // A value could not be validated. ErrCodeValidationException = "ValidationException" // ErrCodeVersionMismatchException for service response error code // "VersionMismatchException". // // There was a version conflict. ErrCodeVersionMismatchException = "VersionMismatchException" )
Variables ¶
This section is empty.
Functions ¶
This section is empty.
Types ¶
type Action ¶
type Action struct { // The job arguments used when this trigger fires. For this job run, they replace // the default arguments set in the job definition itself. // // You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, // as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes. // // For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments, // see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html) // topic in the developer guide. // // For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up // your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html) // topic in the developer guide. Arguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // The name of the crawler to be used with this action. CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of a job to be executed. JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification. NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this action. SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can // consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The // default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). This overrides the timeout value set // in the parent job. Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Defines an action to be initiated by a trigger.
type BatchCreatePartitionInput ¶
type BatchCreatePartitionInput struct { // The ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be created. Currently, // this should be the AWS account ID. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be created. // // PartitionInputList is a required field PartitionInputList []PartitionInput `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchCreatePartitionInput) String ¶
func (s BatchCreatePartitionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchCreatePartitionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *BatchCreatePartitionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchCreatePartitionOutput ¶
type BatchCreatePartitionOutput struct { // The errors encountered when trying to create the requested partitions. Errors []PartitionError `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchCreatePartitionOutput) String ¶
func (s BatchCreatePartitionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchCreatePartitionRequest ¶
type BatchCreatePartitionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchCreatePartitionInput Copy func(*BatchCreatePartitionInput) BatchCreatePartitionRequest }
BatchCreatePartitionRequest is the request type for the BatchCreatePartition API operation.
func (BatchCreatePartitionRequest) Send ¶
func (r BatchCreatePartitionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchCreatePartitionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchCreatePartition API request.
type BatchCreatePartitionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchCreatePartitionResponse struct { *BatchCreatePartitionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchCreatePartitionResponse is the response type for the BatchCreatePartition API operation.
func (*BatchCreatePartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchCreatePartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchCreatePartition request.
type BatchDeleteConnectionInput ¶
type BatchDeleteConnectionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of names of the connections to delete. // // ConnectionNameList is a required field ConnectionNameList []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchDeleteConnectionInput) String ¶
func (s BatchDeleteConnectionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchDeleteConnectionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchDeleteConnectionOutput ¶
type BatchDeleteConnectionOutput struct { // A map of the names of connections that were not successfully deleted to error // details. Errors map[string]ErrorDetail `type:"map"` // A list of names of the connection definitions that were successfully deleted. Succeeded []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) String ¶
func (s BatchDeleteConnectionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchDeleteConnectionRequest ¶
type BatchDeleteConnectionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput Copy func(*BatchDeleteConnectionInput) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest }
BatchDeleteConnectionRequest is the request type for the BatchDeleteConnection API operation.
func (BatchDeleteConnectionRequest) Send ¶
func (r BatchDeleteConnectionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchDeleteConnectionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchDeleteConnection API request.
type BatchDeleteConnectionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchDeleteConnectionResponse struct { *BatchDeleteConnectionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchDeleteConnectionResponse is the response type for the BatchDeleteConnection API operation.
func (*BatchDeleteConnectionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchDeleteConnectionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchDeleteConnection request.
type BatchDeletePartitionInput ¶
type BatchDeletePartitionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If // none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be deleted. // // PartitionsToDelete is a required field PartitionsToDelete []PartitionValueList `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the table that contains the partitions to be deleted. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchDeletePartitionInput) String ¶
func (s BatchDeletePartitionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchDeletePartitionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *BatchDeletePartitionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchDeletePartitionOutput ¶
type BatchDeletePartitionOutput struct { // The errors encountered when trying to delete the requested partitions. Errors []PartitionError `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchDeletePartitionOutput) String ¶
func (s BatchDeletePartitionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchDeletePartitionRequest ¶
type BatchDeletePartitionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchDeletePartitionInput Copy func(*BatchDeletePartitionInput) BatchDeletePartitionRequest }
BatchDeletePartitionRequest is the request type for the BatchDeletePartition API operation.
func (BatchDeletePartitionRequest) Send ¶
func (r BatchDeletePartitionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchDeletePartitionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchDeletePartition API request.
type BatchDeletePartitionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchDeletePartitionResponse struct { *BatchDeletePartitionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchDeletePartitionResponse is the response type for the BatchDeletePartition API operation.
func (*BatchDeletePartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchDeletePartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchDeletePartition request.
type BatchDeleteTableInput ¶
type BatchDeleteTableInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database in which the tables to delete reside. For // Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of the table to delete. // // TablesToDelete is a required field TablesToDelete []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchDeleteTableInput) String ¶
func (s BatchDeleteTableInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchDeleteTableInput) Validate ¶
func (s *BatchDeleteTableInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchDeleteTableOutput ¶
type BatchDeleteTableOutput struct { // A list of errors encountered in attempting to delete the specified tables. Errors []TableError `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchDeleteTableOutput) String ¶
func (s BatchDeleteTableOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchDeleteTableRequest ¶
type BatchDeleteTableRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchDeleteTableInput Copy func(*BatchDeleteTableInput) BatchDeleteTableRequest }
BatchDeleteTableRequest is the request type for the BatchDeleteTable API operation.
func (BatchDeleteTableRequest) Send ¶
func (r BatchDeleteTableRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchDeleteTableResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchDeleteTable API request.
type BatchDeleteTableResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchDeleteTableResponse struct { *BatchDeleteTableOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchDeleteTableResponse is the response type for the BatchDeleteTable API operation.
func (*BatchDeleteTableResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchDeleteTableResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchDeleteTable request.
type BatchDeleteTableVersionInput ¶ added in v0.3.0
type BatchDeleteTableVersionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, // this name is entirely lowercase. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of the IDs of versions to be deleted. A VersionId is a string representation // of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1. // // VersionIds is a required field VersionIds []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) String ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput ¶ added in v0.3.0
type BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput struct { // A list of errors encountered while trying to delete the specified table versions. Errors []TableVersionError `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) String ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest ¶ added in v0.3.0
type BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput Copy func(*BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest }
BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest is the request type for the BatchDeleteTableVersion API operation.
func (BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (r BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchDeleteTableVersionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchDeleteTableVersion API request.
type BatchDeleteTableVersionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchDeleteTableVersionResponse struct { *BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchDeleteTableVersionResponse is the response type for the BatchDeleteTableVersion API operation.
func (*BatchDeleteTableVersionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchDeleteTableVersionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchDeleteTableVersion request.
type BatchGetCrawlersInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetCrawlersInput struct { // A list of crawler names, which might be the names returned from the ListCrawlers // operation. // // CrawlerNames is a required field CrawlerNames []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetCrawlersInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s BatchGetCrawlersInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchGetCrawlersInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *BatchGetCrawlersInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchGetCrawlersOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetCrawlersOutput struct { // A list of crawler definitions. Crawlers []Crawler `type:"list"` // A list of names of crawlers that were not found. CrawlersNotFound []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetCrawlersOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s BatchGetCrawlersOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchGetCrawlersRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetCrawlersRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchGetCrawlersInput Copy func(*BatchGetCrawlersInput) BatchGetCrawlersRequest }
BatchGetCrawlersRequest is the request type for the BatchGetCrawlers API operation.
func (BatchGetCrawlersRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r BatchGetCrawlersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchGetCrawlersResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchGetCrawlers API request.
type BatchGetCrawlersResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchGetCrawlersResponse struct { *BatchGetCrawlersOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchGetCrawlersResponse is the response type for the BatchGetCrawlers API operation.
func (*BatchGetCrawlersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchGetCrawlersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchGetCrawlers request.
type BatchGetDevEndpointsInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetDevEndpointsInput struct { // The list of DevEndpoint names, which might be the names returned from the // ListDevEndpoint operation. // // DevEndpointNames is a required field DevEndpointNames []string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput struct { // A list of DevEndpoint definitions. DevEndpoints []DevEndpoint `type:"list"` // A list of DevEndpoints not found. DevEndpointsNotFound []string `min:"1" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput Copy func(*BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest }
BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest is the request type for the BatchGetDevEndpoints API operation.
func (BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchGetDevEndpointsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchGetDevEndpoints API request.
type BatchGetDevEndpointsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchGetDevEndpointsResponse struct { *BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchGetDevEndpointsResponse is the response type for the BatchGetDevEndpoints API operation.
func (*BatchGetDevEndpointsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchGetDevEndpointsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchGetDevEndpoints request.
type BatchGetJobsInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetJobsInput struct { // A list of job names, which might be the names returned from the ListJobs // operation. // // JobNames is a required field JobNames []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetJobsInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s BatchGetJobsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchGetJobsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *BatchGetJobsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchGetJobsOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetJobsOutput struct { // A list of job definitions. Jobs []Job `type:"list"` // A list of names of jobs not found. JobsNotFound []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetJobsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s BatchGetJobsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchGetJobsRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetJobsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchGetJobsInput Copy func(*BatchGetJobsInput) BatchGetJobsRequest }
BatchGetJobsRequest is the request type for the BatchGetJobs API operation.
func (BatchGetJobsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r BatchGetJobsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchGetJobsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchGetJobs API request.
type BatchGetJobsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchGetJobsResponse struct { *BatchGetJobsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchGetJobsResponse is the response type for the BatchGetJobs API operation.
func (*BatchGetJobsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchGetJobsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchGetJobs request.
type BatchGetPartitionInput ¶
type BatchGetPartitionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none // is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of partition values identifying the partitions to retrieve. // // PartitionsToGet is a required field PartitionsToGet []PartitionValueList `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the partitions' table. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetPartitionInput) String ¶
func (s BatchGetPartitionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchGetPartitionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *BatchGetPartitionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchGetPartitionOutput ¶
type BatchGetPartitionOutput struct { // A list of the requested partitions. Partitions []Partition `type:"list"` // A list of the partition values in the request for which partitions were not // returned. UnprocessedKeys []PartitionValueList `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetPartitionOutput) String ¶
func (s BatchGetPartitionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchGetPartitionRequest ¶
type BatchGetPartitionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchGetPartitionInput Copy func(*BatchGetPartitionInput) BatchGetPartitionRequest }
BatchGetPartitionRequest is the request type for the BatchGetPartition API operation.
func (BatchGetPartitionRequest) Send ¶
func (r BatchGetPartitionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchGetPartitionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchGetPartition API request.
type BatchGetPartitionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchGetPartitionResponse struct { *BatchGetPartitionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchGetPartitionResponse is the response type for the BatchGetPartition API operation.
func (*BatchGetPartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchGetPartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchGetPartition request.
type BatchGetTriggersInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetTriggersInput struct { // A list of trigger names, which may be the names returned from the ListTriggers // operation. // // TriggerNames is a required field TriggerNames []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetTriggersInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s BatchGetTriggersInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchGetTriggersInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *BatchGetTriggersInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchGetTriggersOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetTriggersOutput struct { // A list of trigger definitions. Triggers []Trigger `type:"list"` // A list of names of triggers not found. TriggersNotFound []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetTriggersOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s BatchGetTriggersOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchGetTriggersRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type BatchGetTriggersRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchGetTriggersInput Copy func(*BatchGetTriggersInput) BatchGetTriggersRequest }
BatchGetTriggersRequest is the request type for the BatchGetTriggers API operation.
func (BatchGetTriggersRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r BatchGetTriggersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchGetTriggersResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchGetTriggers API request.
type BatchGetTriggersResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchGetTriggersResponse struct { *BatchGetTriggersOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchGetTriggersResponse is the response type for the BatchGetTriggers API operation.
func (*BatchGetTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchGetTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchGetTriggers request.
type BatchGetWorkflowsInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type BatchGetWorkflowsInput struct { // Specifies whether to include a graph when returning the workflow resource // metadata. IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"` // A list of workflow names, which may be the names returned from the ListWorkflows // operation. // // Names is a required field Names []string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetWorkflowsInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s BatchGetWorkflowsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchGetWorkflowsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchGetWorkflowsOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type BatchGetWorkflowsOutput struct { // A list of names of workflows not found. MissingWorkflows []string `min:"1" type:"list"` // A list of workflow resource metadata. Workflows []Workflow `min:"1" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s BatchGetWorkflowsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchGetWorkflowsRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type BatchGetWorkflowsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchGetWorkflowsInput Copy func(*BatchGetWorkflowsInput) BatchGetWorkflowsRequest }
BatchGetWorkflowsRequest is the request type for the BatchGetWorkflows API operation.
func (BatchGetWorkflowsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r BatchGetWorkflowsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchGetWorkflowsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchGetWorkflows API request.
type BatchGetWorkflowsResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type BatchGetWorkflowsResponse struct { *BatchGetWorkflowsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchGetWorkflowsResponse is the response type for the BatchGetWorkflows API operation.
func (*BatchGetWorkflowsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *BatchGetWorkflowsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchGetWorkflows request.
type BatchStopJobRunError ¶ added in v0.2.0
type BatchStopJobRunError struct { // Specifies details about the error that was encountered. ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"` // The name of the job definition that is used in the job run in question. JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The JobRunId of the job run in question. JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Records an error that occurred when attempting to stop a specified job run.
func (BatchStopJobRunError) String ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (s BatchStopJobRunError) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchStopJobRunInput ¶ added in v0.2.0
type BatchStopJobRunInput struct { // The name of the job definition for which to stop job runs. // // JobName is a required field JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of the JobRunIds that should be stopped for that job definition. // // JobRunIds is a required field JobRunIds []string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchStopJobRunInput) String ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (s BatchStopJobRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*BatchStopJobRunInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (s *BatchStopJobRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type BatchStopJobRunOutput ¶ added in v0.2.0
type BatchStopJobRunOutput struct { // A list of the errors that were encountered in trying to stop JobRuns, including // the JobRunId for which each error was encountered and details about the error. Errors []BatchStopJobRunError `type:"list"` // A list of the JobRuns that were successfully submitted for stopping. SuccessfulSubmissions []BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (BatchStopJobRunOutput) String ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (s BatchStopJobRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BatchStopJobRunRequest ¶ added in v0.2.0
type BatchStopJobRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *BatchStopJobRunInput Copy func(*BatchStopJobRunInput) BatchStopJobRunRequest }
BatchStopJobRunRequest is the request type for the BatchStopJobRun API operation.
func (BatchStopJobRunRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (r BatchStopJobRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*BatchStopJobRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the BatchStopJobRun API request.
type BatchStopJobRunResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type BatchStopJobRunResponse struct { *BatchStopJobRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
BatchStopJobRunResponse is the response type for the BatchStopJobRun API operation.
func (*BatchStopJobRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *BatchStopJobRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the BatchStopJobRun request.
type BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission ¶ added in v0.2.0
type BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission struct { // The name of the job definition used in the job run that was stopped. JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The JobRunId of the job run that was stopped. JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Records a successful request to stop a specified JobRun.
func (BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) String ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (s BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CancelMLTaskRunInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type CancelMLTaskRunInput struct { // A unique identifier for the task run. // // TaskRunId is a required field TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique identifier of the machine learning transform. // // TransformId is a required field TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CancelMLTaskRunInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s CancelMLTaskRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CancelMLTaskRunInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *CancelMLTaskRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CancelMLTaskRunOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type CancelMLTaskRunOutput struct { // The status for this run. Status TaskStatusType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The unique identifier for the task run. TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The unique identifier of the machine learning transform. TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CancelMLTaskRunOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s CancelMLTaskRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CancelMLTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type CancelMLTaskRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CancelMLTaskRunInput Copy func(*CancelMLTaskRunInput) CancelMLTaskRunRequest }
CancelMLTaskRunRequest is the request type for the CancelMLTaskRun API operation.
func (CancelMLTaskRunRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r CancelMLTaskRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CancelMLTaskRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CancelMLTaskRun API request.
type CancelMLTaskRunResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type CancelMLTaskRunResponse struct { *CancelMLTaskRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CancelMLTaskRunResponse is the response type for the CancelMLTaskRun API operation.
func (*CancelMLTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *CancelMLTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CancelMLTaskRun request.
type CatalogEncryptionMode ¶ added in v0.5.0
type CatalogEncryptionMode string
const ( CatalogEncryptionModeDisabled CatalogEncryptionMode = "DISABLED" CatalogEncryptionModeSseKms CatalogEncryptionMode = "SSE-KMS" )
Enum values for CatalogEncryptionMode
func (CatalogEncryptionMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (enum CatalogEncryptionMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (CatalogEncryptionMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (enum CatalogEncryptionMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type CatalogEntry ¶
type CatalogEntry struct { // The database in which the table metadata resides. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the table in question. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a table definition in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
func (CatalogEntry) String ¶
func (s CatalogEntry) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CatalogEntry) Validate ¶
func (s *CatalogEntry) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CatalogImportStatus ¶
type CatalogImportStatus struct { // True if the migration has completed, or False otherwise. ImportCompleted *bool `type:"boolean"` // The time that the migration was started. ImportTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the person who initiated the migration. ImportedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A structure containing migration status information.
func (CatalogImportStatus) String ¶
func (s CatalogImportStatus) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CatalogTarget ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CatalogTarget struct { // The name of the database to be synchronized. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A list of the tables to be synchronized. // // Tables is a required field Tables []string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies an AWS Glue Data Catalog target.
func (CatalogTarget) String ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (s CatalogTarget) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CatalogTarget) Validate ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (s *CatalogTarget) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type Classifier ¶
type Classifier struct { // A classifier for comma-separated values (CSV). CsvClassifier *CsvClassifier `type:"structure"` // A classifier that uses grok. GrokClassifier *GrokClassifier `type:"structure"` // A classifier for JSON content. JsonClassifier *JsonClassifier `type:"structure"` // A classifier for XML content. XMLClassifier *XMLClassifier `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Classifiers are triggered during a crawl task. A classifier checks whether a given file is in a format it can handle. If it is, the classifier creates a schema in the form of a StructType object that matches that data format.
You can use the standard classifiers that AWS Glue provides, or you can write your own classifiers to best categorize your data sources and specify the appropriate schemas to use for them. A classifier can be a grok classifier, an XML classifier, a JSON classifier, or a custom CSV classifier, as specified in one of the fields in the Classifier object.
func (Classifier) String ¶
func (s Classifier) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Client ¶ added in v0.9.0
Client provides the API operation methods for making requests to AWS Glue. See this package's package overview docs for details on the service.
The client's methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.
func New ¶
New creates a new instance of the client from the provided Config.
Example:
// Create a client from just a config. svc := glue.New(myConfig)
func (*Client) BatchCreatePartitionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchCreatePartitionRequest(input *BatchCreatePartitionInput) BatchCreatePartitionRequest
BatchCreatePartitionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates one or more partitions in a batch operation.
// Example sending a request using BatchCreatePartitionRequest. req := client.BatchCreatePartitionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchCreatePartition
func (*Client) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(input *BatchDeleteConnectionInput) BatchDeleteConnectionRequest
BatchDeleteConnectionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using BatchDeleteConnectionRequest. req := client.BatchDeleteConnectionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteConnection
func (*Client) BatchDeletePartitionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchDeletePartitionRequest(input *BatchDeletePartitionInput) BatchDeletePartitionRequest
BatchDeletePartitionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes one or more partitions in a batch operation.
// Example sending a request using BatchDeletePartitionRequest. req := client.BatchDeletePartitionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeletePartition
func (*Client) BatchDeleteTableRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchDeleteTableRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableInput) BatchDeleteTableRequest
BatchDeleteTableRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes multiple tables at once.
After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the table versions and partitions that belong to the deleted table. AWS Glue deletes these "orphaned" resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.
To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling BatchDeleteTable, use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion, and DeletePartition or BatchDeletePartition, to delete any resources that belong to the table.
// Example sending a request using BatchDeleteTableRequest. req := client.BatchDeleteTableRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTable
func (*Client) BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(input *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput) BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest
BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a specified batch of versions of a table.
// Example sending a request using BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest. req := client.BatchDeleteTableVersionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchDeleteTableVersion
func (*Client) BatchGetCrawlersRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchGetCrawlersRequest(input *BatchGetCrawlersInput) BatchGetCrawlersRequest
BatchGetCrawlersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of crawler names. After calling the ListCrawlers operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.
// Example sending a request using BatchGetCrawlersRequest. req := client.BatchGetCrawlersRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetCrawlers
func (*Client) BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest(input *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput) BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest
BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of development endpoint names. After calling the ListDevEndpoints operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.
// Example sending a request using BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest. req := client.BatchGetDevEndpointsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetDevEndpoints
func (*Client) BatchGetJobsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchGetJobsRequest(input *BatchGetJobsInput) BatchGetJobsRequest
BatchGetJobsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of job names. After calling the ListJobs operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.
// Example sending a request using BatchGetJobsRequest. req := client.BatchGetJobsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetJobs
func (*Client) BatchGetPartitionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchGetPartitionRequest(input *BatchGetPartitionInput) BatchGetPartitionRequest
BatchGetPartitionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves partitions in a batch request.
// Example sending a request using BatchGetPartitionRequest. req := client.BatchGetPartitionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetPartition
func (*Client) BatchGetTriggersRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchGetTriggersRequest(input *BatchGetTriggersInput) BatchGetTriggersRequest
BatchGetTriggersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of trigger names. After calling the ListTriggers operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.
// Example sending a request using BatchGetTriggersRequest. req := client.BatchGetTriggersRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetTriggers
func (*Client) BatchGetWorkflowsRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) BatchGetWorkflowsRequest(input *BatchGetWorkflowsInput) BatchGetWorkflowsRequest
BatchGetWorkflowsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of workflow names. After calling the ListWorkflows operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.
// Example sending a request using BatchGetWorkflowsRequest. req := client.BatchGetWorkflowsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchGetWorkflows
func (*Client) BatchStopJobRunRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) BatchStopJobRunRequest(input *BatchStopJobRunInput) BatchStopJobRunRequest
BatchStopJobRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Stops one or more job runs for a specified job definition.
// Example sending a request using BatchStopJobRunRequest. req := client.BatchStopJobRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/BatchStopJobRun
func (*Client) CancelMLTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) CancelMLTaskRunRequest(input *CancelMLTaskRunInput) CancelMLTaskRunRequest
CancelMLTaskRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Cancels (stops) a task run. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that AWS Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can cancel a machine learning task run at any time by calling CancelMLTaskRun with a task run's parent transform's TransformID and the task run's TaskRunId.
// Example sending a request using CancelMLTaskRunRequest. req := client.CancelMLTaskRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CancelMLTaskRun
func (*Client) CreateClassifierRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateClassifierRequest(input *CreateClassifierInput) CreateClassifierRequest
CreateClassifierRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a classifier in the user's account. This can be a GrokClassifier, an XMLClassifier, a JsonClassifier, or a CsvClassifier, depending on which field of the request is present.
// Example sending a request using CreateClassifierRequest. req := client.CreateClassifierRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateClassifier
func (*Client) CreateConnectionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateConnectionRequest(input *CreateConnectionInput) CreateConnectionRequest
CreateConnectionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using CreateConnectionRequest. req := client.CreateConnectionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateConnection
func (*Client) CreateCrawlerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateCrawlerRequest(input *CreateCrawlerInput) CreateCrawlerRequest
CreateCrawlerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a new crawler with specified targets, role, configuration, and optional schedule. At least one crawl target must be specified, in the s3Targets field, the jdbcTargets field, or the DynamoDBTargets field.
// Example sending a request using CreateCrawlerRequest. req := client.CreateCrawlerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateCrawler
func (*Client) CreateDatabaseRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateDatabaseRequest(input *CreateDatabaseInput) CreateDatabaseRequest
CreateDatabaseRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a new database in a Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using CreateDatabaseRequest. req := client.CreateDatabaseRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDatabase
func (*Client) CreateDevEndpointRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateDevEndpointRequest(input *CreateDevEndpointInput) CreateDevEndpointRequest
CreateDevEndpointRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a new development endpoint.
// Example sending a request using CreateDevEndpointRequest. req := client.CreateDevEndpointRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateDevEndpoint
func (*Client) CreateJobRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) CreateJobRequest
CreateJobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a new job definition.
// Example sending a request using CreateJobRequest. req := client.CreateJobRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateJob
func (*Client) CreateMLTransformRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) CreateMLTransformRequest(input *CreateMLTransformInput) CreateMLTransformRequest
CreateMLTransformRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates an AWS Glue machine learning transform. This operation creates the transform and all the necessary parameters to train it.
Call this operation as the first step in the process of using a machine learning transform (such as the FindMatches transform) for deduplicating data. You can provide an optional Description, in addition to the parameters that you want to use for your algorithm.
You must also specify certain parameters for the tasks that AWS Glue runs on your behalf as part of learning from your data and creating a high-quality machine learning transform. These parameters include Role, and optionally, AllocatedCapacity, Timeout, and MaxRetries. For more information, see Jobs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-jobs-job.html).
// Example sending a request using CreateMLTransformRequest. req := client.CreateMLTransformRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateMLTransform
func (*Client) CreatePartitionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreatePartitionRequest(input *CreatePartitionInput) CreatePartitionRequest
CreatePartitionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a new partition.
// Example sending a request using CreatePartitionRequest. req := client.CreatePartitionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreatePartition
func (*Client) CreateScriptRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateScriptRequest(input *CreateScriptInput) CreateScriptRequest
CreateScriptRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Transforms a directed acyclic graph (DAG) into code.
// Example sending a request using CreateScriptRequest. req := client.CreateScriptRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateScript
func (*Client) CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest
CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a new security configuration. A security configuration is a set of security properties that can be used by AWS Glue. You can use a security configuration to encrypt data at rest. For information about using security configurations in AWS Glue, see Encrypting Data Written by Crawlers, Jobs, and Development Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/encryption-security-configuration.html).
// Example sending a request using CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest. req := client.CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateSecurityConfiguration
func (*Client) CreateTableRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateTableRequest(input *CreateTableInput) CreateTableRequest
CreateTableRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a new table definition in the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using CreateTableRequest. req := client.CreateTableRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTable
func (*Client) CreateTriggerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateTriggerRequest(input *CreateTriggerInput) CreateTriggerRequest
CreateTriggerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a new trigger.
// Example sending a request using CreateTriggerRequest. req := client.CreateTriggerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateTrigger
func (*Client) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest
CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a new function definition in the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest. req := client.CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateUserDefinedFunction
func (*Client) CreateWorkflowRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) CreateWorkflowRequest(input *CreateWorkflowInput) CreateWorkflowRequest
CreateWorkflowRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates a new workflow.
// Example sending a request using CreateWorkflowRequest. req := client.CreateWorkflowRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/CreateWorkflow
func (*Client) DeleteClassifierRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteClassifierRequest(input *DeleteClassifierInput) DeleteClassifierRequest
DeleteClassifierRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Removes a classifier from the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using DeleteClassifierRequest. req := client.DeleteClassifierRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteClassifier
func (*Client) DeleteConnectionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteConnectionRequest(input *DeleteConnectionInput) DeleteConnectionRequest
DeleteConnectionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a connection from the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using DeleteConnectionRequest. req := client.DeleteConnectionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteConnection
func (*Client) DeleteCrawlerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteCrawlerRequest(input *DeleteCrawlerInput) DeleteCrawlerRequest
DeleteCrawlerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Removes a specified crawler from the AWS Glue Data Catalog, unless the crawler state is RUNNING.
// Example sending a request using DeleteCrawlerRequest. req := client.DeleteCrawlerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteCrawler
func (*Client) DeleteDatabaseRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteDatabaseRequest(input *DeleteDatabaseInput) DeleteDatabaseRequest
DeleteDatabaseRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Removes a specified database from a Data Catalog.
After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the tables (and all table versions and partitions that might belong to the tables) and the user-defined functions in the deleted database. AWS Glue deletes these "orphaned" resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.
To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling DeleteDatabase, use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion, DeletePartition or BatchDeletePartition, DeleteUserDefinedFunction, and DeleteTable or BatchDeleteTable, to delete any resources that belong to the database.
// Example sending a request using DeleteDatabaseRequest. req := client.DeleteDatabaseRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDatabase
func (*Client) DeleteDevEndpointRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteDevEndpointRequest(input *DeleteDevEndpointInput) DeleteDevEndpointRequest
DeleteDevEndpointRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a specified development endpoint.
// Example sending a request using DeleteDevEndpointRequest. req := client.DeleteDevEndpointRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteDevEndpoint
func (*Client) DeleteJobRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteJobRequest(input *DeleteJobInput) DeleteJobRequest
DeleteJobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a specified job definition. If the job definition is not found, no exception is thrown.
// Example sending a request using DeleteJobRequest. req := client.DeleteJobRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteJob
func (*Client) DeleteMLTransformRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) DeleteMLTransformRequest(input *DeleteMLTransformInput) DeleteMLTransformRequest
DeleteMLTransformRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes an AWS Glue machine learning transform. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by AWS Glue. If you no longer need a transform, you can delete it by calling DeleteMLTransforms. However, any AWS Glue jobs that still reference the deleted transform will no longer succeed.
// Example sending a request using DeleteMLTransformRequest. req := client.DeleteMLTransformRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteMLTransform
func (*Client) DeletePartitionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeletePartitionRequest(input *DeletePartitionInput) DeletePartitionRequest
DeletePartitionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a specified partition.
// Example sending a request using DeletePartitionRequest. req := client.DeletePartitionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeletePartition
func (*Client) DeleteResourcePolicyRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteResourcePolicyRequest(input *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) DeleteResourcePolicyRequest
DeleteResourcePolicyRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a specified policy.
// Example sending a request using DeleteResourcePolicyRequest. req := client.DeleteResourcePolicyRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteResourcePolicy
func (*Client) DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest
DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a specified security configuration.
// Example sending a request using DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest. req := client.DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteSecurityConfiguration
func (*Client) DeleteTableRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteTableRequest(input *DeleteTableInput) DeleteTableRequest
DeleteTableRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Removes a table definition from the Data Catalog.
After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the table versions and partitions that belong to the deleted table. AWS Glue deletes these "orphaned" resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.
To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling DeleteTable, use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion, and DeletePartition or BatchDeletePartition, to delete any resources that belong to the table.
// Example sending a request using DeleteTableRequest. req := client.DeleteTableRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTable
func (*Client) DeleteTableVersionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteTableVersionRequest(input *DeleteTableVersionInput) DeleteTableVersionRequest
DeleteTableVersionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a specified version of a table.
// Example sending a request using DeleteTableVersionRequest. req := client.DeleteTableVersionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTableVersion
func (*Client) DeleteTriggerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteTriggerRequest(input *DeleteTriggerInput) DeleteTriggerRequest
DeleteTriggerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a specified trigger. If the trigger is not found, no exception is thrown.
// Example sending a request using DeleteTriggerRequest. req := client.DeleteTriggerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteTrigger
func (*Client) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest
DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes an existing function definition from the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest. req := client.DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteUserDefinedFunction
func (*Client) DeleteWorkflowRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) DeleteWorkflowRequest(input *DeleteWorkflowInput) DeleteWorkflowRequest
DeleteWorkflowRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Deletes a workflow.
// Example sending a request using DeleteWorkflowRequest. req := client.DeleteWorkflowRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/DeleteWorkflow
func (*Client) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest
GetCatalogImportStatusRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the status of a migration operation.
// Example sending a request using GetCatalogImportStatusRequest. req := client.GetCatalogImportStatusRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCatalogImportStatus
func (*Client) GetClassifierRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetClassifierRequest(input *GetClassifierInput) GetClassifierRequest
GetClassifierRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieve a classifier by name.
// Example sending a request using GetClassifierRequest. req := client.GetClassifierRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifier
func (*Client) GetClassifiersRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetClassifiersRequest(input *GetClassifiersInput) GetClassifiersRequest
GetClassifiersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Lists all classifier objects in the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using GetClassifiersRequest. req := client.GetClassifiersRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetClassifiers
func (*Client) GetConnectionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetConnectionRequest(input *GetConnectionInput) GetConnectionRequest
GetConnectionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves a connection definition from the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using GetConnectionRequest. req := client.GetConnectionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnection
func (*Client) GetConnectionsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetConnectionsRequest(input *GetConnectionsInput) GetConnectionsRequest
GetConnectionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using GetConnectionsRequest. req := client.GetConnectionsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetConnections
func (*Client) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest
GetCrawlerMetricsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves metrics about specified crawlers.
// Example sending a request using GetCrawlerMetricsRequest. req := client.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlerMetrics
func (*Client) GetCrawlerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetCrawlerRequest(input *GetCrawlerInput) GetCrawlerRequest
GetCrawlerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves metadata for a specified crawler.
// Example sending a request using GetCrawlerRequest. req := client.GetCrawlerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawler
func (*Client) GetCrawlersRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetCrawlersRequest(input *GetCrawlersInput) GetCrawlersRequest
GetCrawlersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves metadata for all crawlers defined in the customer account.
// Example sending a request using GetCrawlersRequest. req := client.GetCrawlersRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetCrawlers
func (*Client) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest
GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the security configuration for a specified catalog.
// Example sending a request using GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest. req := client.GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings
func (*Client) GetDatabaseRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetDatabaseRequest(input *GetDatabaseInput) GetDatabaseRequest
GetDatabaseRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the definition of a specified database.
// Example sending a request using GetDatabaseRequest. req := client.GetDatabaseRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabase
func (*Client) GetDatabasesRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetDatabasesRequest(input *GetDatabasesInput) GetDatabasesRequest
GetDatabasesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves all databases defined in a given Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using GetDatabasesRequest. req := client.GetDatabasesRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDatabases
func (*Client) GetDataflowGraphRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetDataflowGraphRequest(input *GetDataflowGraphInput) GetDataflowGraphRequest
GetDataflowGraphRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Transforms a Python script into a directed acyclic graph (DAG).
// Example sending a request using GetDataflowGraphRequest. req := client.GetDataflowGraphRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDataflowGraph
func (*Client) GetDevEndpointRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetDevEndpointRequest(input *GetDevEndpointInput) GetDevEndpointRequest
GetDevEndpointRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves information about a specified development endpoint.
When you create a development endpoint in a virtual private cloud (VPC), AWS Glue returns only a private IP address, and the public IP address field is not populated. When you create a non-VPC development endpoint, AWS Glue returns only a public IP address.
// Example sending a request using GetDevEndpointRequest. req := client.GetDevEndpointRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoint
func (*Client) GetDevEndpointsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetDevEndpointsRequest(input *GetDevEndpointsInput) GetDevEndpointsRequest
GetDevEndpointsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves all the development endpoints in this AWS account.
When you create a development endpoint in a virtual private cloud (VPC), AWS Glue returns only a private IP address and the public IP address field is not populated. When you create a non-VPC development endpoint, AWS Glue returns only a public IP address.
// Example sending a request using GetDevEndpointsRequest. req := client.GetDevEndpointsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetDevEndpoints
func (*Client) GetJobBookmarkRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) GetJobBookmarkRequest(input *GetJobBookmarkInput) GetJobBookmarkRequest
GetJobBookmarkRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Returns information on a job bookmark entry.
// Example sending a request using GetJobBookmarkRequest. req := client.GetJobBookmarkRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobBookmark
func (*Client) GetJobRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) GetJobRequest
GetJobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves an existing job definition.
// Example sending a request using GetJobRequest. req := client.GetJobRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJob
func (*Client) GetJobRunRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetJobRunRequest(input *GetJobRunInput) GetJobRunRequest
GetJobRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the metadata for a given job run.
// Example sending a request using GetJobRunRequest. req := client.GetJobRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRun
func (*Client) GetJobRunsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetJobRunsRequest(input *GetJobRunsInput) GetJobRunsRequest
GetJobRunsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given job definition.
// Example sending a request using GetJobRunsRequest. req := client.GetJobRunsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobRuns
func (*Client) GetJobsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetJobsRequest(input *GetJobsInput) GetJobsRequest
GetJobsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves all current job definitions.
// Example sending a request using GetJobsRequest. req := client.GetJobsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetJobs
func (*Client) GetMLTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) GetMLTaskRunRequest(input *GetMLTaskRunInput) GetMLTaskRunRequest
GetMLTaskRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Gets details for a specific task run on a machine learning transform. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that AWS Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can check the stats of any task run by calling GetMLTaskRun with the TaskRunID and its parent transform's TransformID.
// Example sending a request using GetMLTaskRunRequest. req := client.GetMLTaskRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTaskRun
func (*Client) GetMLTaskRunsRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) GetMLTaskRunsRequest(input *GetMLTaskRunsInput) GetMLTaskRunsRequest
GetMLTaskRunsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Gets a list of runs for a machine learning transform. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that AWS Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can get a sortable, filterable list of machine learning task runs by calling GetMLTaskRuns with their parent transform's TransformID and other optional parameters as documented in this section.
This operation returns a list of historic runs and must be paginated.
// Example sending a request using GetMLTaskRunsRequest. req := client.GetMLTaskRunsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTaskRuns
func (*Client) GetMLTransformRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) GetMLTransformRequest(input *GetMLTransformInput) GetMLTransformRequest
GetMLTransformRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Gets an AWS Glue machine learning transform artifact and all its corresponding metadata. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by AWS Glue. You can retrieve their metadata by calling GetMLTransform.
// Example sending a request using GetMLTransformRequest. req := client.GetMLTransformRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTransform
func (*Client) GetMLTransformsRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) GetMLTransformsRequest(input *GetMLTransformsInput) GetMLTransformsRequest
GetMLTransformsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Gets a sortable, filterable list of existing AWS Glue machine learning transforms. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by AWS Glue, and you can retrieve their metadata by calling GetMLTransforms.
// Example sending a request using GetMLTransformsRequest. req := client.GetMLTransformsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMLTransforms
func (*Client) GetMappingRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetMappingRequest(input *GetMappingInput) GetMappingRequest
GetMappingRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Creates mappings.
// Example sending a request using GetMappingRequest. req := client.GetMappingRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetMapping
func (*Client) GetPartitionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetPartitionRequest(input *GetPartitionInput) GetPartitionRequest
GetPartitionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves information about a specified partition.
// Example sending a request using GetPartitionRequest. req := client.GetPartitionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartition
func (*Client) GetPartitionsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetPartitionsRequest(input *GetPartitionsInput) GetPartitionsRequest
GetPartitionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves information about the partitions in a table.
// Example sending a request using GetPartitionsRequest. req := client.GetPartitionsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPartitions
func (*Client) GetPlanRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetPlanRequest(input *GetPlanInput) GetPlanRequest
GetPlanRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Gets code to perform a specified mapping.
// Example sending a request using GetPlanRequest. req := client.GetPlanRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetPlan
func (*Client) GetResourcePolicyRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetResourcePolicyRequest(input *GetResourcePolicyInput) GetResourcePolicyRequest
GetResourcePolicyRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves a specified resource policy.
// Example sending a request using GetResourcePolicyRequest. req := client.GetResourcePolicyRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetResourcePolicy
func (*Client) GetSecurityConfigurationRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetSecurityConfigurationRequest(input *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) GetSecurityConfigurationRequest
GetSecurityConfigurationRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves a specified security configuration.
// Example sending a request using GetSecurityConfigurationRequest. req := client.GetSecurityConfigurationRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSecurityConfiguration
func (*Client) GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest
GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves a list of all security configurations.
// Example sending a request using GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest. req := client.GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetSecurityConfigurations
func (*Client) GetTableRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetTableRequest(input *GetTableInput) GetTableRequest
GetTableRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the Table definition in a Data Catalog for a specified table.
// Example sending a request using GetTableRequest. req := client.GetTableRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTable
func (*Client) GetTableVersionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetTableVersionRequest(input *GetTableVersionInput) GetTableVersionRequest
GetTableVersionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves a specified version of a table.
// Example sending a request using GetTableVersionRequest. req := client.GetTableVersionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersion
func (*Client) GetTableVersionsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetTableVersionsRequest(input *GetTableVersionsInput) GetTableVersionsRequest
GetTableVersionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves a list of strings that identify available versions of a specified table.
// Example sending a request using GetTableVersionsRequest. req := client.GetTableVersionsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTableVersions
func (*Client) GetTablesRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetTablesRequest(input *GetTablesInput) GetTablesRequest
GetTablesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the definitions of some or all of the tables in a given Database.
// Example sending a request using GetTablesRequest. req := client.GetTablesRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTables
func (*Client) GetTagsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetTagsRequest(input *GetTagsInput) GetTagsRequest
GetTagsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves a list of tags associated with a resource.
// Example sending a request using GetTagsRequest. req := client.GetTagsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTags
func (*Client) GetTriggerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetTriggerRequest(input *GetTriggerInput) GetTriggerRequest
GetTriggerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the definition of a trigger.
// Example sending a request using GetTriggerRequest. req := client.GetTriggerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTrigger
func (*Client) GetTriggersRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetTriggersRequest(input *GetTriggersInput) GetTriggersRequest
GetTriggersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Gets all the triggers associated with a job.
// Example sending a request using GetTriggersRequest. req := client.GetTriggersRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetTriggers
func (*Client) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest
GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves a specified function definition from the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest. req := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunction
func (*Client) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest
GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves multiple function definitions from the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest. req := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetUserDefinedFunctions
func (*Client) GetWorkflowRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRequest(input *GetWorkflowInput) GetWorkflowRequest
GetWorkflowRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves resource metadata for a workflow.
// Example sending a request using GetWorkflowRequest. req := client.GetWorkflowRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflow
func (*Client) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest
GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the workflow run properties which were set during the run.
// Example sending a request using GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest. req := client.GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRunProperties
func (*Client) GetWorkflowRunRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRunRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunInput) GetWorkflowRunRequest
GetWorkflowRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the metadata for a given workflow run.
// Example sending a request using GetWorkflowRunRequest. req := client.GetWorkflowRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRun
func (*Client) GetWorkflowRunsRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRunsRequest(input *GetWorkflowRunsInput) GetWorkflowRunsRequest
GetWorkflowRunsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given workflow.
// Example sending a request using GetWorkflowRunsRequest. req := client.GetWorkflowRunsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/GetWorkflowRuns
func (*Client) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest
ImportCatalogToGlueRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Imports an existing Amazon Athena Data Catalog to AWS Glue
// Example sending a request using ImportCatalogToGlueRequest. req := client.ImportCatalogToGlueRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ImportCatalogToGlue
func (*Client) ListCrawlersRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) ListCrawlersRequest(input *ListCrawlersInput) ListCrawlersRequest
ListCrawlersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the names of all crawler resources in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.
This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.
// Example sending a request using ListCrawlersRequest. req := client.ListCrawlersRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListCrawlers
func (*Client) ListDevEndpointsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) ListDevEndpointsRequest(input *ListDevEndpointsInput) ListDevEndpointsRequest
ListDevEndpointsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the names of all DevEndpoint resources in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.
This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.
// Example sending a request using ListDevEndpointsRequest. req := client.ListDevEndpointsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListDevEndpoints
func (*Client) ListJobsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) ListJobsRequest
ListJobsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the names of all job resources in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.
This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.
// Example sending a request using ListJobsRequest. req := client.ListJobsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListJobs
func (*Client) ListMLTransformsRequest ¶ added in v0.20.0
func (c *Client) ListMLTransformsRequest(input *ListMLTransformsInput) ListMLTransformsRequest
ListMLTransformsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves a sortable, filterable list of existing AWS Glue machine learning transforms in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter of the responses so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tag filtering, only resources with the tags are retrieved.
// Example sending a request using ListMLTransformsRequest. req := client.ListMLTransformsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListMLTransforms
func (*Client) ListTriggersRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) ListTriggersRequest(input *ListTriggersInput) ListTriggersRequest
ListTriggersRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Retrieves the names of all trigger resources in this AWS account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.
This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.
// Example sending a request using ListTriggersRequest. req := client.ListTriggersRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListTriggers
func (*Client) ListWorkflowsRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) ListWorkflowsRequest(input *ListWorkflowsInput) ListWorkflowsRequest
ListWorkflowsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Lists names of workflows created in the account.
// Example sending a request using ListWorkflowsRequest. req := client.ListWorkflowsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ListWorkflows
func (*Client) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(input *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest
PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Sets the security configuration for a specified catalog. After the configuration has been set, the specified encryption is applied to every catalog write thereafter.
// Example sending a request using PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest. req := client.PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings
func (*Client) PutResourcePolicyRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) PutResourcePolicyRequest(input *PutResourcePolicyInput) PutResourcePolicyRequest
PutResourcePolicyRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Sets the Data Catalog resource policy for access control.
// Example sending a request using PutResourcePolicyRequest. req := client.PutResourcePolicyRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutResourcePolicy
func (*Client) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(input *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest
PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Puts the specified workflow run properties for the given workflow run. If a property already exists for the specified run, then it overrides the value otherwise adds the property to existing properties.
// Example sending a request using PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest. req := client.PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/PutWorkflowRunProperties
func (*Client) ResetJobBookmarkRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) ResetJobBookmarkRequest(input *ResetJobBookmarkInput) ResetJobBookmarkRequest
ResetJobBookmarkRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Resets a bookmark entry.
// Example sending a request using ResetJobBookmarkRequest. req := client.ResetJobBookmarkRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/ResetJobBookmark
func (*Client) SearchTablesRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) SearchTablesRequest(input *SearchTablesInput) SearchTablesRequest
SearchTablesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Searches a set of tables based on properties in the table metadata as well as on the parent database. You can search against text or filter conditions.
You can only get tables that you have access to based on the security policies defined in Lake Formation. You need at least a read-only access to the table for it to be returned. If you do not have access to all the columns in the table, these columns will not be searched against when returning the list of tables back to you. If you have access to the columns but not the data in the columns, those columns and the associated metadata for those columns will be included in the search.
// Example sending a request using SearchTablesRequest. req := client.SearchTablesRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/SearchTables
func (*Client) StartCrawlerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) StartCrawlerRequest(input *StartCrawlerInput) StartCrawlerRequest
StartCrawlerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Starts a crawl using the specified crawler, regardless of what is scheduled. If the crawler is already running, returns a CrawlerRunningException (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-exceptions.html#aws-glue-api-exceptions-CrawlerRunningException).
// Example sending a request using StartCrawlerRequest. req := client.StartCrawlerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawler
func (*Client) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest
StartCrawlerScheduleRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Changes the schedule state of the specified crawler to SCHEDULED, unless the crawler is already running or the schedule state is already SCHEDULED.
// Example sending a request using StartCrawlerScheduleRequest. req := client.StartCrawlerScheduleRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartCrawlerSchedule
func (*Client) StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest
StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Begins an asynchronous task to export all labeled data for a particular transform. This task is the only label-related API call that is not part of the typical active learning workflow. You typically use StartExportLabelsTaskRun when you want to work with all of your existing labels at the same time, such as when you want to remove or change labels that were previously submitted as truth. This API operation accepts the TransformId whose labels you want to export and an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path to export the labels to. The operation returns a TaskRunId. You can check on the status of your task run by calling the GetMLTaskRun API.
// Example sending a request using StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest. req := client.StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartExportLabelsTaskRun
func (*Client) StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest(input *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest
StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Enables you to provide additional labels (examples of truth) to be used to teach the machine learning transform and improve its quality. This API operation is generally used as part of the active learning workflow that starts with the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun call and that ultimately results in improving the quality of your machine learning transform.
After the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun finishes, AWS Glue machine learning will have generated a series of questions for humans to answer. (Answering these questions is often called 'labeling' in the machine learning workflows). In the case of the FindMatches transform, these questions are of the form, “What is the correct way to group these rows together into groups composed entirely of matching records?” After the labeling process is finished, users upload their answers/labels with a call to StartImportLabelsTaskRun. After StartImportLabelsTaskRun finishes, all future runs of the machine learning transform use the new and improved labels and perform a higher-quality transformation.
By default, StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun continually learns from and combines all labels that you upload unless you set Replace to true. If you set Replace to true, StartImportLabelsTaskRun deletes and forgets all previously uploaded labels and learns only from the exact set that you upload. Replacing labels can be helpful if you realize that you previously uploaded incorrect labels, and you believe that they are having a negative effect on your transform quality.
You can check on the status of your task run by calling the GetMLTaskRun operation.
// Example sending a request using StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest. req := client.StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartImportLabelsTaskRun
func (*Client) StartJobRunRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) StartJobRunRequest(input *StartJobRunInput) StartJobRunRequest
StartJobRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Starts a job run using a job definition.
// Example sending a request using StartJobRunRequest. req := client.StartJobRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartJobRun
func (*Client) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest(input *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest
StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Starts a task to estimate the quality of the transform.
When you provide label sets as examples of truth, AWS Glue machine learning uses some of those examples to learn from them. The rest of the labels are used as a test to estimate quality.
Returns a unique identifier for the run. You can call GetMLTaskRun to get more information about the stats of the EvaluationTaskRun.
// Example sending a request using StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest. req := client.StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartMLEvaluationTaskRun
func (*Client) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest(input *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest
StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Starts the active learning workflow for your machine learning transform to improve the transform's quality by generating label sets and adding labels.
When the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun finishes, AWS Glue will have generated a "labeling set" or a set of questions for humans to answer.
In the case of the FindMatches transform, these questions are of the form, “What is the correct way to group these rows together into groups composed entirely of matching records?”
After the labeling process is finished, you can upload your labels with a call to StartImportLabelsTaskRun. After StartImportLabelsTaskRun finishes, all future runs of the machine learning transform will use the new and improved labels and perform a higher-quality transformation.
// Example sending a request using StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest. req := client.StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun
func (*Client) StartTriggerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) StartTriggerRequest(input *StartTriggerInput) StartTriggerRequest
StartTriggerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Starts an existing trigger. See Triggering Jobs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/trigger-job.html) for information about how different types of trigger are started.
// Example sending a request using StartTriggerRequest. req := client.StartTriggerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartTrigger
func (*Client) StartWorkflowRunRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) StartWorkflowRunRequest(input *StartWorkflowRunInput) StartWorkflowRunRequest
StartWorkflowRunRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Starts a new run of the specified workflow.
// Example sending a request using StartWorkflowRunRequest. req := client.StartWorkflowRunRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StartWorkflowRun
func (*Client) StopCrawlerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) StopCrawlerRequest(input *StopCrawlerInput) StopCrawlerRequest
StopCrawlerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
If the specified crawler is running, stops the crawl.
// Example sending a request using StopCrawlerRequest. req := client.StopCrawlerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawler
func (*Client) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest
StopCrawlerScheduleRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Sets the schedule state of the specified crawler to NOT_SCHEDULED, but does not stop the crawler if it is already running.
// Example sending a request using StopCrawlerScheduleRequest. req := client.StopCrawlerScheduleRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopCrawlerSchedule
func (*Client) StopTriggerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) StopTriggerRequest(input *StopTriggerInput) StopTriggerRequest
StopTriggerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Stops a specified trigger.
// Example sending a request using StopTriggerRequest. req := client.StopTriggerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/StopTrigger
func (*Client) TagResourceRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) TagResourceRequest
TagResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Adds tags to a resource. A tag is a label you can assign to an AWS resource. In AWS Glue, you can tag only certain resources. For information about what resources you can tag, see AWS Tags in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html).
// Example sending a request using TagResourceRequest. req := client.TagResourceRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/TagResource
func (*Client) UntagResourceRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) UntagResourceRequest
UntagResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Removes tags from a resource.
// Example sending a request using UntagResourceRequest. req := client.UntagResourceRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UntagResource
func (*Client) UpdateClassifierRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdateClassifierRequest(input *UpdateClassifierInput) UpdateClassifierRequest
UpdateClassifierRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Modifies an existing classifier (a GrokClassifier, an XMLClassifier, a JsonClassifier, or a CsvClassifier, depending on which field is present).
// Example sending a request using UpdateClassifierRequest. req := client.UpdateClassifierRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateClassifier
func (*Client) UpdateConnectionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdateConnectionRequest(input *UpdateConnectionInput) UpdateConnectionRequest
UpdateConnectionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using UpdateConnectionRequest. req := client.UpdateConnectionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateConnection
func (*Client) UpdateCrawlerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdateCrawlerRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerInput) UpdateCrawlerRequest
UpdateCrawlerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates a crawler. If a crawler is running, you must stop it using StopCrawler before updating it.
// Example sending a request using UpdateCrawlerRequest. req := client.UpdateCrawlerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawler
func (*Client) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest
UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates the schedule of a crawler using a cron expression.
// Example sending a request using UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest. req := client.UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateCrawlerSchedule
func (*Client) UpdateDatabaseRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdateDatabaseRequest(input *UpdateDatabaseInput) UpdateDatabaseRequest
UpdateDatabaseRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates an existing database definition in a Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using UpdateDatabaseRequest. req := client.UpdateDatabaseRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDatabase
func (*Client) UpdateDevEndpointRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdateDevEndpointRequest(input *UpdateDevEndpointInput) UpdateDevEndpointRequest
UpdateDevEndpointRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates a specified development endpoint.
// Example sending a request using UpdateDevEndpointRequest. req := client.UpdateDevEndpointRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateDevEndpoint
func (*Client) UpdateJobRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdateJobRequest(input *UpdateJobInput) UpdateJobRequest
UpdateJobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates an existing job definition.
// Example sending a request using UpdateJobRequest. req := client.UpdateJobRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateJob
func (*Client) UpdateMLTransformRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (c *Client) UpdateMLTransformRequest(input *UpdateMLTransformInput) UpdateMLTransformRequest
UpdateMLTransformRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates an existing machine learning transform. Call this operation to tune the algorithm parameters to achieve better results.
After calling this operation, you can call the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun operation to assess how well your new parameters achieved your goals (such as improving the quality of your machine learning transform, or making it more cost-effective).
// Example sending a request using UpdateMLTransformRequest. req := client.UpdateMLTransformRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateMLTransform
func (*Client) UpdatePartitionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdatePartitionRequest(input *UpdatePartitionInput) UpdatePartitionRequest
UpdatePartitionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates a partition.
// Example sending a request using UpdatePartitionRequest. req := client.UpdatePartitionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdatePartition
func (*Client) UpdateTableRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdateTableRequest(input *UpdateTableInput) UpdateTableRequest
UpdateTableRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates a metadata table in the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using UpdateTableRequest. req := client.UpdateTableRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTable
func (*Client) UpdateTriggerRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdateTriggerRequest(input *UpdateTriggerInput) UpdateTriggerRequest
UpdateTriggerRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates a trigger definition.
// Example sending a request using UpdateTriggerRequest. req := client.UpdateTriggerRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateTrigger
func (*Client) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (c *Client) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest
UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates an existing function definition in the Data Catalog.
// Example sending a request using UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest. req := client.UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateUserDefinedFunction
func (*Client) UpdateWorkflowRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (c *Client) UpdateWorkflowRequest(input *UpdateWorkflowInput) UpdateWorkflowRequest
UpdateWorkflowRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Glue.
Updates an existing workflow.
// Example sending a request using UpdateWorkflowRequest. req := client.UpdateWorkflowRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO()) if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/glue-2017-03-31/UpdateWorkflow
type CloudWatchEncryption ¶ added in v0.5.0
type CloudWatchEncryption struct { // The encryption mode to use for CloudWatch data. CloudWatchEncryptionMode CloudWatchEncryptionMode `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to be used to encrypt the data. KmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies how Amazon CloudWatch data should be encrypted.
func (CloudWatchEncryption) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s CloudWatchEncryption) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CloudWatchEncryptionMode ¶ added in v0.5.0
type CloudWatchEncryptionMode string
const ( CloudWatchEncryptionModeDisabled CloudWatchEncryptionMode = "DISABLED" CloudWatchEncryptionModeSseKms CloudWatchEncryptionMode = "SSE-KMS" )
Enum values for CloudWatchEncryptionMode
func (CloudWatchEncryptionMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (enum CloudWatchEncryptionMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (CloudWatchEncryptionMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (enum CloudWatchEncryptionMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type CodeGenEdge ¶
type CodeGenEdge struct { // The ID of the node at which the edge starts. // // Source is a required field Source *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the node at which the edge ends. // // Target is a required field Target *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The target of the edge. TargetParameter *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Represents a directional edge in a directed acyclic graph (DAG).
func (CodeGenEdge) String ¶
func (s CodeGenEdge) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CodeGenEdge) Validate ¶
func (s *CodeGenEdge) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CodeGenNode ¶
type CodeGenNode struct { // Properties of the node, in the form of name-value pairs. // // Args is a required field Args []CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list" required:"true"` // A node identifier that is unique within the node's graph. // // Id is a required field Id *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The line number of the node. LineNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` // The type of node that this is. // // NodeType is a required field NodeType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Represents a node in a directed acyclic graph (DAG)
func (CodeGenNode) String ¶
func (s CodeGenNode) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CodeGenNode) Validate ¶
func (s *CodeGenNode) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CodeGenNodeArg ¶
type CodeGenNodeArg struct { // The name of the argument or property. // // Name is a required field Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // True if the value is used as a parameter. Param *bool `type:"boolean"` // The value of the argument or property. // // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
An argument or property of a node.
func (CodeGenNodeArg) String ¶
func (s CodeGenNodeArg) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CodeGenNodeArg) Validate ¶
func (s *CodeGenNodeArg) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type Column ¶
type Column struct { // A free-form text comment. Comment *string `type:"string"` // The name of the Column. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // These key-value pairs define properties associated with the column. Parameters map[string]string `type:"map"` // The data type of the Column. Type *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A column in a Table.
type Comparator ¶ added in v0.11.0
type Comparator string
const ( ComparatorEquals Comparator = "EQUALS" ComparatorGreaterThan Comparator = "GREATER_THAN" ComparatorLessThan Comparator = "LESS_THAN" ComparatorGreaterThanEquals Comparator = "GREATER_THAN_EQUALS" ComparatorLessThanEquals Comparator = "LESS_THAN_EQUALS" )
Enum values for Comparator
func (Comparator) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum Comparator) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Comparator) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum Comparator) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Condition ¶
type Condition struct { // The state of the crawler to which this condition applies. CrawlState CrawlState `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The name of the crawler to which this condition applies. CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the job whose JobRuns this condition applies to, and on which // this trigger waits. JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A logical operator. LogicalOperator LogicalOperator `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The condition state. Currently, the values supported are SUCCEEDED, STOPPED, // TIMEOUT, and FAILED. State JobRunState `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Defines a condition under which a trigger fires.
type ConfusionMatrix ¶ added in v0.11.0
type ConfusionMatrix struct { // The number of matches in the data that the transform didn't find, in the // confusion matrix for your transform. NumFalseNegatives *int64 `type:"long"` // The number of nonmatches in the data that the transform incorrectly classified // as a match, in the confusion matrix for your transform. NumFalsePositives *int64 `type:"long"` // The number of nonmatches in the data that the transform correctly rejected, // in the confusion matrix for your transform. NumTrueNegatives *int64 `type:"long"` // The number of matches in the data that the transform correctly found, in // the confusion matrix for your transform. NumTruePositives *int64 `type:"long"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The confusion matrix shows you what your transform is predicting accurately and what types of errors it is making.
For more information, see Confusion matrix (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Confusion_matrix) in Wikipedia.
func (ConfusionMatrix) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s ConfusionMatrix) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Connection ¶
type Connection struct { // These key-value pairs define parameters for the connection: // // * HOST - The host URI: either the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or // the IPv4 address of the database host. // // * PORT - The port number, between 1024 and 65535, of the port on which // the database host is listening for database connections. // // * USER_NAME - The name under which to log in to the database. The value // string for USER_NAME is "USERNAME". // // * PASSWORD - A password, if one is used, for the user name. // // * ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD - When you enable connection password protection // by setting ConnectionPasswordEncryption in the Data Catalog encryption // settings, this field stores the encrypted password. // // * JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_URI - The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) // path of the JAR file that contains the JDBC driver to use. // // * JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME - The class name of the JDBC driver to use. // // * JDBC_ENGINE - The name of the JDBC engine to use. // // * JDBC_ENGINE_VERSION - The version of the JDBC engine to use. // // * CONFIG_FILES - (Reserved for future use.) // // * INSTANCE_ID - The instance ID to use. // // * JDBC_CONNECTION_URL - The URL for connecting to a JDBC data source. // // * JDBC_ENFORCE_SSL - A Boolean string (true, false) specifying whether // Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) with hostname matching is enforced for the // JDBC connection on the client. The default is false. // // * CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT - An Amazon S3 location specifying the customer's root // certificate. AWS Glue uses this root certificate to validate the customer’s // certificate when connecting to the customer database. AWS Glue only handles // X.509 certificates. The certificate provided must be DER-encoded and supplied // in Base64 encoding PEM format. // // * SKIP_CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_VALIDATION - By default, this is false. AWS Glue // validates the Signature algorithm and Subject Public Key Algorithm for // the customer certificate. The only permitted algorithms for the Signature // algorithm are SHA256withRSA, SHA384withRSA or SHA512withRSA. For the Subject // Public Key Algorithm, the key length must be at least 2048. You can set // the value of this property to true to skip AWS Glue’s validation of // the customer certificate. // // * CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_STRING - A custom JDBC certificate string which is // used for domain match or distinguished name match to prevent a man-in-the-middle // attack. In Oracle database, this is used as the SSL_SERVER_CERT_DN; in // Microsoft SQL Server, this is used as the hostNameInCertificate. // // * CONNECTION_URL - The URL for connecting to a general (non-JDBC) data // source. // // * KAFKA_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS - A comma-separated list of host and port pairs // that are the addresses of the Apache Kafka brokers in a Kafka cluster // to which a Kafka client will connect to and bootstrap itself. ConnectionProperties map[string]string `type:"map"` // The type of the connection. Currently, only JDBC is supported; SFTP is not // supported. ConnectionType ConnectionType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The time that this connection definition was created. CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The description of the connection. Description *string `type:"string"` // The user, group, or role that last updated this connection definition. LastUpdatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The last time that this connection definition was updated. LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // A list of criteria that can be used in selecting this connection. MatchCriteria []string `type:"list"` // The name of the connection definition. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A map of physical connection requirements, such as virtual private cloud // (VPC) and SecurityGroup, that are needed to make this connection successfully. PhysicalConnectionRequirements *PhysicalConnectionRequirements `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Defines a connection to a data source.
func (Connection) String ¶
func (s Connection) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ConnectionInput ¶
type ConnectionInput struct { // These key-value pairs define parameters for the connection. // // ConnectionProperties is a required field ConnectionProperties map[string]string `type:"map" required:"true"` // The type of the connection. Currently, these types are supported: // // * JDBC - Designates a connection to a database through Java Database Connectivity // (JDBC). // // * KAFKA - Designates a connection to an Apache Kafka streaming platform. // // * MONGODB - Designates a connection to a MongoDB document database. // // SFTP is not supported. // // ConnectionType is a required field ConnectionType ConnectionType `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"` // The description of the connection. Description *string `type:"string"` // A list of criteria that can be used in selecting this connection. MatchCriteria []string `type:"list"` // The name of the connection. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A map of physical connection requirements, such as virtual private cloud // (VPC) and SecurityGroup, that are needed to successfully make this connection. PhysicalConnectionRequirements *PhysicalConnectionRequirements `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A structure that is used to specify a connection to create or update.
func (ConnectionInput) String ¶
func (s ConnectionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ConnectionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *ConnectionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type ConnectionPasswordEncryption ¶ added in v0.7.0
type ConnectionPasswordEncryption struct { // An AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the connection password. // // If connection password protection is enabled, the caller of CreateConnection // and UpdateConnection needs at least kms:Encrypt permission on the specified // AWS KMS key, to encrypt passwords before storing them in the Data Catalog. // // You can set the decrypt permission to enable or restrict access on the password // key according to your security requirements. AwsKmsKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // When the ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted flag is set to "true", passwords // remain encrypted in the responses of GetConnection and GetConnections. This // encryption takes effect independently from catalog encryption. // // ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted is a required field ReturnConnectionPasswordEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The data structure used by the Data Catalog to encrypt the password as part of CreateConnection or UpdateConnection and store it in the ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD field in the connection properties. You can enable catalog encryption or only password encryption.
When a CreationConnection request arrives containing a password, the Data Catalog first encrypts the password using your AWS KMS key. It then encrypts the whole connection object again if catalog encryption is also enabled.
This encryption requires that you set AWS KMS key permissions to enable or restrict access on the password key according to your security requirements. For example, you might want only administrators to have decrypt permission on the password key.
func (ConnectionPasswordEncryption) String ¶ added in v0.7.0
func (s ConnectionPasswordEncryption) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ConnectionPasswordEncryption) Validate ¶ added in v0.7.0
func (s *ConnectionPasswordEncryption) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type ConnectionPropertyKey ¶
type ConnectionPropertyKey string
const ( ConnectionPropertyKeyHost ConnectionPropertyKey = "HOST" ConnectionPropertyKeyPort ConnectionPropertyKey = "PORT" ConnectionPropertyKeyUsername ConnectionPropertyKey = "USERNAME" ConnectionPropertyKeyPassword ConnectionPropertyKey = "PASSWORD" ConnectionPropertyKeyEncryptedPassword ConnectionPropertyKey = "ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD" ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverJarUri ConnectionPropertyKey = "JDBC_DRIVER_JAR_URI" ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcDriverClassName ConnectionPropertyKey = "JDBC_DRIVER_CLASS_NAME" ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngine ConnectionPropertyKey = "JDBC_ENGINE" ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEngineVersion ConnectionPropertyKey = "JDBC_ENGINE_VERSION" ConnectionPropertyKeyConfigFiles ConnectionPropertyKey = "CONFIG_FILES" ConnectionPropertyKeyInstanceId ConnectionPropertyKey = "INSTANCE_ID" ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcConnectionUrl ConnectionPropertyKey = "JDBC_CONNECTION_URL" ConnectionPropertyKeyJdbcEnforceSsl ConnectionPropertyKey = "JDBC_ENFORCE_SSL" ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCert ConnectionPropertyKey = "CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT" ConnectionPropertyKeySkipCustomJdbcCertValidation ConnectionPropertyKey = "SKIP_CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_VALIDATION" ConnectionPropertyKeyCustomJdbcCertString ConnectionPropertyKey = "CUSTOM_JDBC_CERT_STRING" ConnectionPropertyKeyConnectionUrl ConnectionPropertyKey = "CONNECTION_URL" ConnectionPropertyKeyKafkaBootstrapServers ConnectionPropertyKey = "KAFKA_BOOTSTRAP_SERVERS" )
Enum values for ConnectionPropertyKey
func (ConnectionPropertyKey) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ConnectionPropertyKey) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ConnectionPropertyKey) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ConnectionPropertyKey) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ConnectionType ¶
type ConnectionType string
const ( ConnectionTypeJdbc ConnectionType = "JDBC" ConnectionTypeSftp ConnectionType = "SFTP" ConnectionTypeMongodb ConnectionType = "MONGODB" ConnectionTypeKafka ConnectionType = "KAFKA" )
Enum values for ConnectionType
func (ConnectionType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ConnectionType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ConnectionType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ConnectionType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ConnectionsList ¶
type ConnectionsList struct { // A list of connections used by the job. Connections []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies the connections used by a job.
func (ConnectionsList) String ¶
func (s ConnectionsList) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Crawl ¶ added in v0.10.0
type Crawl struct { // The date and time on which the crawl completed. CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The error message associated with the crawl. ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"` // The log group associated with the crawl. LogGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The log stream associated with the crawl. LogStream *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The date and time on which the crawl started. StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The state of the crawler. State CrawlState `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The details of a crawl in the workflow.
type CrawlState ¶ added in v0.10.0
type CrawlState string
const ( CrawlStateRunning CrawlState = "RUNNING" CrawlStateSucceeded CrawlState = "SUCCEEDED" CrawlStateCancelled CrawlState = "CANCELLED" CrawlStateFailed CrawlState = "FAILED" )
Enum values for CrawlState
func (CrawlState) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (enum CrawlState) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (CrawlState) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (enum CrawlState) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Crawler ¶
type Crawler struct { // A list of UTF-8 strings that specify the custom classifiers that are associated // with the crawler. Classifiers []string `type:"list"` // Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users // to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Configuring // a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html). Configuration *string `type:"string"` // If the crawler is running, contains the total time elapsed since the last // crawl began. CrawlElapsedTime *int64 `type:"long"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler. CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string `type:"string"` // The time that the crawler was created. CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the database in which the crawler's output is stored. DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` // A description of the crawler. Description *string `type:"string"` // The status of the last crawl, and potentially error information if an error // occurred. LastCrawl *LastCrawlInfo `type:"structure"` // The time that the crawler was last updated. LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the crawler. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that's used to access customer // resources, such as Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) data. Role *string `type:"string"` // For scheduled crawlers, the schedule when the crawler runs. Schedule *Schedule `type:"structure"` // The policy that specifies update and delete behaviors for the crawler. SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"` // Indicates whether the crawler is running, or whether a run is pending. State CrawlerState `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The prefix added to the names of tables that are created. TablePrefix *string `type:"string"` // A collection of targets to crawl. Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure"` // The version of the crawler. Version *int64 `type:"long"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a crawler program that examines a data source and uses classifiers to try to determine its schema. If successful, the crawler records metadata concerning the data source in the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
type CrawlerMetrics ¶
type CrawlerMetrics struct { // The name of the crawler. CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The duration of the crawler's most recent run, in seconds. LastRuntimeSeconds *float64 `type:"double"` // The median duration of this crawler's runs, in seconds. MedianRuntimeSeconds *float64 `type:"double"` // True if the crawler is still estimating how long it will take to complete // this run. StillEstimating *bool `type:"boolean"` // The number of tables created by this crawler. TablesCreated *int64 `type:"integer"` // The number of tables deleted by this crawler. TablesDeleted *int64 `type:"integer"` // The number of tables updated by this crawler. TablesUpdated *int64 `type:"integer"` // The estimated time left to complete a running crawl. TimeLeftSeconds *float64 `type:"double"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Metrics for a specified crawler.
func (CrawlerMetrics) String ¶
func (s CrawlerMetrics) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CrawlerNodeDetails ¶ added in v0.10.0
type CrawlerNodeDetails struct { // A list of crawls represented by the crawl node. Crawls []Crawl `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The details of a Crawler node present in the workflow.
func (CrawlerNodeDetails) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s CrawlerNodeDetails) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CrawlerState ¶
type CrawlerState string
const ( CrawlerStateReady CrawlerState = "READY" CrawlerStateRunning CrawlerState = "RUNNING" CrawlerStateStopping CrawlerState = "STOPPING" )
Enum values for CrawlerState
func (CrawlerState) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum CrawlerState) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (CrawlerState) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum CrawlerState) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type CrawlerTargets ¶
type CrawlerTargets struct { // Specifies AWS Glue Data Catalog targets. CatalogTargets []CatalogTarget `type:"list"` // Specifies Amazon DynamoDB targets. DynamoDBTargets []DynamoDBTarget `type:"list"` // Specifies JDBC targets. JdbcTargets []JdbcTarget `type:"list"` // Specifies Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) targets. S3Targets []S3Target `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies data stores to crawl.
func (CrawlerTargets) String ¶
func (s CrawlerTargets) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CrawlerTargets) Validate ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (s *CrawlerTargets) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateClassifierInput ¶
type CreateClassifierInput struct { // A CsvClassifier object specifying the classifier to create. CsvClassifier *CreateCsvClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` // A GrokClassifier object specifying the classifier to create. GrokClassifier *CreateGrokClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` // A JsonClassifier object specifying the classifier to create. JsonClassifier *CreateJsonClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` // An XMLClassifier object specifying the classifier to create. XMLClassifier *CreateXMLClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateClassifierInput) String ¶
func (s CreateClassifierInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateClassifierInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateClassifierInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateClassifierOutput ¶
type CreateClassifierOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (CreateClassifierOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateClassifierOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateClassifierRequest ¶
type CreateClassifierRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateClassifierInput Copy func(*CreateClassifierInput) CreateClassifierRequest }
CreateClassifierRequest is the request type for the CreateClassifier API operation.
func (CreateClassifierRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateClassifierRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateClassifierResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateClassifier API request.
type CreateClassifierResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateClassifierResponse struct { *CreateClassifierOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateClassifierResponse is the response type for the CreateClassifier API operation.
func (*CreateClassifierResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateClassifierResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateClassifier request.
type CreateConnectionInput ¶
type CreateConnectionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the connection. If none is // provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A ConnectionInput object defining the connection to create. // // ConnectionInput is a required field ConnectionInput *ConnectionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateConnectionInput) String ¶
func (s CreateConnectionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateConnectionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateConnectionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateConnectionOutput ¶
type CreateConnectionOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (CreateConnectionOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateConnectionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateConnectionRequest ¶
type CreateConnectionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateConnectionInput Copy func(*CreateConnectionInput) CreateConnectionRequest }
CreateConnectionRequest is the request type for the CreateConnection API operation.
func (CreateConnectionRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateConnectionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateConnectionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateConnection API request.
type CreateConnectionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateConnectionResponse struct { *CreateConnectionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateConnectionResponse is the response type for the CreateConnection API operation.
func (*CreateConnectionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateConnectionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateConnection request.
type CreateCrawlerInput ¶
type CreateCrawlerInput struct { // A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all // built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers // always override the default classifiers for a given classification. Classifiers []string `type:"list"` // The crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows // users to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see // Configuring a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html). Configuration *string `type:"string"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler. CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string `type:"string"` // The AWS Glue database where results are written, such as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*. DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` // A description of the new crawler. Description *string `type:"string"` // Name of the new crawler. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role used by the new // crawler to access customer resources. // // Role is a required field Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // A cron expression used to specify the schedule. For more information, see // Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, specify cron(15 12 // * * ? *). Schedule *string `type:"string"` // The policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior. SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"` // The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created. TablePrefix *string `type:"string"` // The tags to use with this crawler request. You can use tags to limit access // to the crawler. For more information, see AWS Tags in AWS Glue (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html). Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // A list of collection of targets to crawl. // // Targets is a required field Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateCrawlerInput) String ¶
func (s CreateCrawlerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateCrawlerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateCrawlerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateCrawlerOutput ¶
type CreateCrawlerOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (CreateCrawlerOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateCrawlerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateCrawlerRequest ¶
type CreateCrawlerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateCrawlerInput Copy func(*CreateCrawlerInput) CreateCrawlerRequest }
CreateCrawlerRequest is the request type for the CreateCrawler API operation.
func (CreateCrawlerRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateCrawlerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateCrawlerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateCrawler API request.
type CreateCrawlerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateCrawlerResponse struct { *CreateCrawlerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateCrawlerResponse is the response type for the CreateCrawler API operation.
func (*CreateCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateCrawler request.
type CreateCsvClassifierRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type CreateCsvClassifierRequest struct { // Enables the processing of files that contain only one column. AllowSingleColumn *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header. ContainsHeader CsvHeaderOption `type:"string" enum:"true"` // A custom symbol to denote what separates each column entry in the row. Delimiter *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Specifies not to trim values before identifying the type of column values. // The default value is true. DisableValueTrimming *bool `type:"boolean"` // A list of strings representing column names. Header []string `type:"list"` // The name of the classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A custom symbol to denote what combines content into a single column value. // Must be different from the column delimiter. QuoteSymbol *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a custom CSV classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
func (CreateCsvClassifierRequest) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s CreateCsvClassifierRequest) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateCsvClassifierRequest) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *CreateCsvClassifierRequest) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateDatabaseInput ¶
type CreateDatabaseInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the database. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The metadata for the database. // // DatabaseInput is a required field DatabaseInput *DatabaseInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateDatabaseInput) String ¶
func (s CreateDatabaseInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateDatabaseInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateDatabaseInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateDatabaseOutput ¶
type CreateDatabaseOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (CreateDatabaseOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateDatabaseOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateDatabaseRequest ¶
type CreateDatabaseRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateDatabaseInput Copy func(*CreateDatabaseInput) CreateDatabaseRequest }
CreateDatabaseRequest is the request type for the CreateDatabase API operation.
func (CreateDatabaseRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateDatabaseRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDatabaseResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateDatabase API request.
type CreateDatabaseResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateDatabaseResponse struct { *CreateDatabaseOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateDatabaseResponse is the response type for the CreateDatabase API operation.
func (*CreateDatabaseResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateDatabaseResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDatabase request.
type CreateDevEndpointInput ¶
type CreateDevEndpointInput struct { // A map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint. Arguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // The name to be assigned to the new DevEndpoint. // // EndpointName is a required field EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded // in your DevEndpoint. ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"` // The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon S3 bucket that should // be loaded in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated // by a comma. // // You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint. Libraries that // rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) Python // data analysis library, are not yet supported. ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"` // Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS // Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running // your ETL scripts on development endpoints. // // For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding // Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html) // in the developer guide. // // Development endpoints that are created without specifying a Glue version // default to Glue 0.9. // // You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by // using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint // APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) to allocate to this DevEndpoint. NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the development // endpoint. // // The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for // G.2X. NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // The public key to be used by this DevEndpoint for authentication. This attribute // is provided for backward compatibility because the recommended attribute // to use is public keys. PublicKey *string `type:"string"` // A list of public keys to be used by the development endpoints for authentication. // The use of this attribute is preferred over a single public key because the // public keys allow you to have a different private key per client. // // If you previously created an endpoint with a public key, you must remove // that key to be able to set a list of public keys. Call the UpdateDevEndpoint // API with the public key content in the deletePublicKeys attribute, and the // list of new keys in the addPublicKeys attribute. PublicKeys []string `type:"list"` // The IAM role for the DevEndpoint. // // RoleArn is a required field RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this DevEndpoint. SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Security group IDs for the security groups to be used by the new DevEndpoint. SecurityGroupIds []string `type:"list"` // The subnet ID for the new DevEndpoint to use. SubnetId *string `type:"string"` // The tags to use with this DevEndpoint. You may use tags to limit access to // the DevEndpoint. For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags // in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html) // in the developer guide. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint. // Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend // this worker type for memory-intensive jobs. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of // memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend // this worker type for memory-intensive jobs. // // Known issue: when a development endpoint is created with the G.2X WorkerType // configuration, the Spark drivers for the development endpoint will run on // 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory, and a 64 GB disk. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateDevEndpointInput) String ¶
func (s CreateDevEndpointInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateDevEndpointInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateDevEndpointInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateDevEndpointOutput ¶
type CreateDevEndpointOutput struct { // The map of arguments used to configure this DevEndpoint. // // Valid arguments are: // // * "--enable-glue-datacatalog": "" // // * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "3" // // * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "2" // // You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by // using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint // APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2. Arguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // The AWS Availability Zone where this DevEndpoint is located. AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created. CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name assigned to the new DevEndpoint. EndpointName *string `type:"string"` // Path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that will be loaded in // your DevEndpoint. ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"` // The paths to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that will be loaded // in your DevEndpoint. ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"` // The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint. FailureReason *string `type:"string"` // Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS // Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running // your ETL scripts on development endpoints. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint. NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the development // endpoint. NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assigned to the new DevEndpoint. RoleArn *string `type:"string"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure being used with this DevEndpoint. SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The security groups assigned to the new DevEndpoint. SecurityGroupIds []string `type:"list"` // The current status of the new DevEndpoint. Status *string `type:"string"` // The subnet ID assigned to the new DevEndpoint. SubnetId *string `type:"string"` // The ID of the virtual private cloud (VPC) used by this DevEndpoint. VpcId *string `type:"string"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint. // May be a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The address of the YARN endpoint used by this DevEndpoint. YarnEndpointAddress *string `type:"string"` // The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter. ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort *int64 `type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateDevEndpointOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateDevEndpointOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateDevEndpointRequest ¶
type CreateDevEndpointRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateDevEndpointInput Copy func(*CreateDevEndpointInput) CreateDevEndpointRequest }
CreateDevEndpointRequest is the request type for the CreateDevEndpoint API operation.
func (CreateDevEndpointRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateDevEndpointRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateDevEndpointResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateDevEndpoint API request.
type CreateDevEndpointResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateDevEndpointResponse struct { *CreateDevEndpointOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateDevEndpointResponse is the response type for the CreateDevEndpoint API operation.
func (*CreateDevEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateDevEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateDevEndpoint request.
type CreateGrokClassifierRequest ¶
type CreateGrokClassifierRequest struct { // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter, // JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on. // // Classification is a required field Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier. CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"` // The grok pattern used by this classifier. // // GrokPattern is a required field GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the new classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a grok classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
func (CreateGrokClassifierRequest) String ¶
func (s CreateGrokClassifierRequest) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateJobInput ¶
type CreateJobInput struct { // This parameter is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead. // // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this Job. // You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative // measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity // and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page // (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"` // The JobCommand that executes this job. // // Command is a required field Command *JobCommand `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The connections used for this job. Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"` // The default arguments for this job. // // You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, // as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes. // // For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments, // see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html) // topic in the developer guide. // // For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up // your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html) // topic in the developer guide. DefaultArguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // Description of the job being defined. Description *string `type:"string"` // An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed // for this job. ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"` // Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS // Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs // of type Spark. // // For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding // Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html) // in the developer guide. // // Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // This field is reserved for future use. LogUri *string `type:"string"` // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated // when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that // consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, // see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). // // Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers. // // The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are // running a Python shell job or an Apache Spark ETL job: // // * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"), // you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU. // // * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl"), // you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job // type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation. MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"` // The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails. MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name you assign to this job definition. It must be unique in your account. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Non-overridable arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs. NonOverridableArguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // Specifies configuration properties of a job notification. NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job // runs. // // The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for // G.2X. NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this // job. // // Role is a required field Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job. SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The tags to use with this job. You may use tags to limit access to the job. // For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html) // in the developer guide. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume // resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default // is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts // a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend // this worker type for memory-intensive jobs. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of // memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend // this worker type for memory-intensive jobs. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateJobInput) String ¶
func (s CreateJobInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateJobInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateJobInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateJobOutput ¶
type CreateJobOutput struct { // The unique name that was provided for this job definition. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateJobOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateJobRequest ¶
type CreateJobRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateJobInput Copy func(*CreateJobInput) CreateJobRequest }
CreateJobRequest is the request type for the CreateJob API operation.
func (CreateJobRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateJobRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateJobResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateJob API request.
type CreateJobResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateJobResponse struct { *CreateJobOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateJobResponse is the response type for the CreateJob API operation.
func (*CreateJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateJob request.
type CreateJsonClassifierRequest ¶ added in v0.3.0
type CreateJsonClassifierRequest struct { // A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify. // AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath // Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json). // // JsonPath is a required field JsonPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a JSON classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
func (CreateJsonClassifierRequest) String ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CreateJsonClassifierRequest) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s *CreateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateMLTransformInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type CreateMLTransformInput struct { // A description of the machine learning transform that is being defined. The // default is an empty string. Description *string `type:"string"` // This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform // is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value // is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information, // see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions) // in the developer guide. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform. // // InputRecordTables is a required field InputRecordTables []GlueTable `type:"list" required:"true"` // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to // task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default // is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 // vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see // the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). // // MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType. // // * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot // be set. // // * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can // be set. // // * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa). // // * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1. // // When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity // field is set automatically and becomes read-only. // // When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity // field is set automatically and becomes read-only. MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"` // The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task // run fails. MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` // The unique name that you give the transform when you create it. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this // task runs. // // If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa). NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // The algorithmic parameters that are specific to the transform type used. // Conditionally dependent on the transform type. // // Parameters is a required field Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required // permissions. The required permissions include both AWS Glue service role // permissions to AWS Glue resources, and Amazon S3 permissions required by // the transform. // // * This role needs AWS Glue service role permissions to allow access to // resources in AWS Glue. See Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access AWS // Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/attach-policy-iam-user.html). // // * This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon // S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries // used by the task run for this transform. // // Role is a required field Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The tags to use with this machine learning transform. You may use tags to // limit access to the machine learning transform. For more information about // tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags in AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html) // in the developer guide. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // The timeout of the task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum // time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is // terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts // a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory // and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory // and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. // // MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType. // // * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot // be set. // // * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can // be set. // // * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa). // // * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateMLTransformInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s CreateMLTransformInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateMLTransformInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateMLTransformOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type CreateMLTransformOutput struct { // A unique identifier that is generated for the transform. TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateMLTransformOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s CreateMLTransformOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateMLTransformRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type CreateMLTransformRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateMLTransformInput Copy func(*CreateMLTransformInput) CreateMLTransformRequest }
CreateMLTransformRequest is the request type for the CreateMLTransform API operation.
func (CreateMLTransformRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r CreateMLTransformRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateMLTransformResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateMLTransform API request.
type CreateMLTransformResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type CreateMLTransformResponse struct { *CreateMLTransformOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateMLTransformResponse is the response type for the CreateMLTransform API operation.
func (*CreateMLTransformResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *CreateMLTransformResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateMLTransform request.
type CreatePartitionInput ¶
type CreatePartitionInput struct { // The AWS account ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be created. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A PartitionInput structure defining the partition to be created. // // PartitionInput is a required field PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreatePartitionInput) String ¶
func (s CreatePartitionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreatePartitionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreatePartitionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreatePartitionOutput ¶
type CreatePartitionOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (CreatePartitionOutput) String ¶
func (s CreatePartitionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreatePartitionRequest ¶
type CreatePartitionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreatePartitionInput Copy func(*CreatePartitionInput) CreatePartitionRequest }
CreatePartitionRequest is the request type for the CreatePartition API operation.
func (CreatePartitionRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreatePartitionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreatePartitionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreatePartition API request.
type CreatePartitionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreatePartitionResponse struct { *CreatePartitionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreatePartitionResponse is the response type for the CreatePartition API operation.
func (*CreatePartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreatePartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreatePartition request.
type CreateScriptInput ¶
type CreateScriptInput struct { // A list of the edges in the DAG. DagEdges []CodeGenEdge `type:"list"` // A list of the nodes in the DAG. DagNodes []CodeGenNode `type:"list"` // The programming language of the resulting code from the DAG. Language Language `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateScriptInput) String ¶
func (s CreateScriptInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateScriptInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateScriptInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateScriptOutput ¶
type CreateScriptOutput struct { // The Python script generated from the DAG. PythonScript *string `type:"string"` // The Scala code generated from the DAG. ScalaCode *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateScriptOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateScriptOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateScriptRequest ¶
type CreateScriptRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateScriptInput Copy func(*CreateScriptInput) CreateScriptRequest }
CreateScriptRequest is the request type for the CreateScript API operation.
func (CreateScriptRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateScriptRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateScriptResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateScript API request.
type CreateScriptResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateScriptResponse struct { *CreateScriptOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateScriptResponse is the response type for the CreateScript API operation.
func (*CreateScriptResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateScriptResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateScript request.
type CreateSecurityConfigurationInput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type CreateSecurityConfigurationInput struct { // The encryption configuration for the new security configuration. // // EncryptionConfiguration is a required field EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name for the new security configuration. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput struct { // The time at which the new security configuration was created. CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name assigned to the new security configuration. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest ¶ added in v0.5.0
type CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput Copy func(*CreateSecurityConfigurationInput) CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest }
CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest is the request type for the CreateSecurityConfiguration API operation.
func (CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (r CreateSecurityConfigurationRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateSecurityConfigurationResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateSecurityConfiguration API request.
type CreateSecurityConfigurationResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateSecurityConfigurationResponse struct { *CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateSecurityConfigurationResponse is the response type for the CreateSecurityConfiguration API operation.
func (*CreateSecurityConfigurationResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateSecurityConfigurationResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateSecurityConfiguration request.
type CreateTableInput ¶
type CreateTableInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the Table. If none is supplied, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The catalog database in which to create the new table. For Hive compatibility, // this name is entirely lowercase. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The TableInput object that defines the metadata table to create in the catalog. // // TableInput is a required field TableInput *TableInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateTableInput) String ¶
func (s CreateTableInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateTableInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateTableInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateTableOutput ¶
type CreateTableOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (CreateTableOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateTableOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateTableRequest ¶
type CreateTableRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateTableInput Copy func(*CreateTableInput) CreateTableRequest }
CreateTableRequest is the request type for the CreateTable API operation.
func (CreateTableRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateTableRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateTableResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateTable API request.
type CreateTableResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateTableResponse struct { *CreateTableOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateTableResponse is the response type for the CreateTable API operation.
func (*CreateTableResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateTableResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateTable request.
type CreateTriggerInput ¶
type CreateTriggerInput struct { // The actions initiated by this trigger when it fires. // // Actions is a required field Actions []Action `type:"list" required:"true"` // A description of the new trigger. Description *string `type:"string"` // The name of the trigger. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A predicate to specify when the new trigger should fire. // // This field is required when the trigger type is CONDITIONAL. Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"` // A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules // for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: // cron(15 12 * * ? *). // // This field is required when the trigger type is SCHEDULED. Schedule *string `type:"string"` // Set to true to start SCHEDULED and CONDITIONAL triggers when created. True // is not supported for ON_DEMAND triggers. StartOnCreation *bool `type:"boolean"` // The tags to use with this trigger. You may use tags to limit access to the // trigger. For more information about tags in AWS Glue, see AWS Tags in AWS // Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html) in the // developer guide. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // The type of the new trigger. // // Type is a required field Type TriggerType `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"` // The name of the workflow associated with the trigger. WorkflowName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateTriggerInput) String ¶
func (s CreateTriggerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateTriggerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateTriggerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateTriggerOutput ¶
type CreateTriggerOutput struct { // The name of the trigger. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateTriggerOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateTriggerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateTriggerRequest ¶
type CreateTriggerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateTriggerInput Copy func(*CreateTriggerInput) CreateTriggerRequest }
CreateTriggerRequest is the request type for the CreateTrigger API operation.
func (CreateTriggerRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateTriggerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateTriggerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateTrigger API request.
type CreateTriggerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateTriggerResponse struct { *CreateTriggerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateTriggerResponse is the response type for the CreateTrigger API operation.
func (*CreateTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateTrigger request.
type CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput ¶
type CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the function. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database in which to create the function. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A FunctionInput object that defines the function to create in the Data Catalog. // // FunctionInput is a required field FunctionInput *UserDefinedFunctionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String ¶
func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput ¶
type CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest ¶
type CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput Copy func(*CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput) CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest }
CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest is the request type for the CreateUserDefinedFunction API operation.
func (CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateUserDefinedFunctionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateUserDefinedFunction API request.
type CreateUserDefinedFunctionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type CreateUserDefinedFunctionResponse struct { *CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateUserDefinedFunctionResponse is the response type for the CreateUserDefinedFunction API operation.
func (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *CreateUserDefinedFunctionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateUserDefinedFunction request.
type CreateWorkflowInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type CreateWorkflowInput struct { // A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow. DefaultRunProperties map[string]string `type:"map"` // A description of the workflow. Description *string `type:"string"` // The name to be assigned to the workflow. It should be unique within your // account. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The tags to be used with this workflow. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateWorkflowInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s CreateWorkflowInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateWorkflowInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *CreateWorkflowInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CreateWorkflowOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type CreateWorkflowOutput struct { // The name of the workflow which was provided as part of the request. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (CreateWorkflowOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s CreateWorkflowOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateWorkflowRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type CreateWorkflowRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateWorkflowInput Copy func(*CreateWorkflowInput) CreateWorkflowRequest }
CreateWorkflowRequest is the request type for the CreateWorkflow API operation.
func (CreateWorkflowRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r CreateWorkflowRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateWorkflowResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateWorkflow API request.
type CreateWorkflowResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type CreateWorkflowResponse struct { *CreateWorkflowOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
CreateWorkflowResponse is the response type for the CreateWorkflow API operation.
func (*CreateWorkflowResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *CreateWorkflowResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateWorkflow request.
type CreateXMLClassifierRequest ¶ added in v0.2.0
type CreateXMLClassifierRequest struct { // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches. // // Classification is a required field Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document // being parsed. This can't identify a self-closing element (closed by />). // An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed as long // as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row> // is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not). RowTag *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies an XML classifier for CreateClassifier to create.
func (CreateXMLClassifierRequest) String ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (s CreateXMLClassifierRequest) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CreateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (s *CreateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CsvClassifier ¶ added in v0.8.0
type CsvClassifier struct { // Enables the processing of files that contain only one column. AllowSingleColumn *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header. ContainsHeader CsvHeaderOption `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The time that this classifier was registered. CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // A custom symbol to denote what separates each column entry in the row. Delimiter *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Specifies not to trim values before identifying the type of column values. // The default value is true. DisableValueTrimming *bool `type:"boolean"` // A list of strings representing column names. Header []string `type:"list"` // The time that this classifier was last updated. LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A custom symbol to denote what combines content into a single column value. // It must be different from the column delimiter. QuoteSymbol *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The version of this classifier. Version *int64 `type:"long"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A classifier for custom CSV content.
func (CsvClassifier) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s CsvClassifier) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CsvHeaderOption ¶ added in v0.8.0
type CsvHeaderOption string
const ( CsvHeaderOptionUnknown CsvHeaderOption = "UNKNOWN" CsvHeaderOptionPresent CsvHeaderOption = "PRESENT" CsvHeaderOptionAbsent CsvHeaderOption = "ABSENT" )
Enum values for CsvHeaderOption
func (CsvHeaderOption) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (enum CsvHeaderOption) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (CsvHeaderOption) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (enum CsvHeaderOption) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DataCatalogEncryptionSettings ¶ added in v0.5.0
type DataCatalogEncryptionSettings struct { // When connection password protection is enabled, the Data Catalog uses a customer-provided // key to encrypt the password as part of CreateConnection or UpdateConnection // and store it in the ENCRYPTED_PASSWORD field in the connection properties. // You can enable catalog encryption or only password encryption. ConnectionPasswordEncryption *ConnectionPasswordEncryption `type:"structure"` // Specifies the encryption-at-rest configuration for the Data Catalog. EncryptionAtRest *EncryptionAtRest `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Contains configuration information for maintaining Data Catalog security.
func (DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) Validate ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DataLakePrincipal ¶ added in v0.11.0
type DataLakePrincipal struct { // An identifier for the AWS Lake Formation principal. DataLakePrincipalIdentifier *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The AWS Lake Formation principal.
func (DataLakePrincipal) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s DataLakePrincipal) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DataLakePrincipal) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *DataLakePrincipal) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type Database ¶
type Database struct { // Creates a set of default permissions on the table for principals. CreateTableDefaultPermissions []PrincipalPermissions `type:"list"` // The time at which the metadata database was created in the catalog. CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // A description of the database. Description *string `type:"string"` // The location of the database (for example, an HDFS path). LocationUri *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the database. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase // when it is stored. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // These key-value pairs define parameters and properties of the database. Parameters map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The Database object represents a logical grouping of tables that might reside in a Hive metastore or an RDBMS.
type DatabaseInput ¶
type DatabaseInput struct { // Creates a set of default permissions on the table for principals. CreateTableDefaultPermissions []PrincipalPermissions `type:"list"` // A description of the database. Description *string `type:"string"` // The location of the database (for example, an HDFS path). LocationUri *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the database. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase // when it is stored. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // These key-value pairs define parameters and properties of the database. // // These key-value pairs define parameters and properties of the database. Parameters map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The structure used to create or update a database.
func (DatabaseInput) String ¶
func (s DatabaseInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DatabaseInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DatabaseInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteBehavior ¶
type DeleteBehavior string
const ( DeleteBehaviorLog DeleteBehavior = "LOG" DeleteBehaviorDeleteFromDatabase DeleteBehavior = "DELETE_FROM_DATABASE" DeleteBehaviorDeprecateInDatabase DeleteBehavior = "DEPRECATE_IN_DATABASE" )
Enum values for DeleteBehavior
func (DeleteBehavior) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DeleteBehavior) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DeleteBehavior) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DeleteBehavior) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DeleteClassifierInput ¶
type DeleteClassifierInput struct { // Name of the classifier to remove. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteClassifierInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteClassifierInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteClassifierInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteClassifierInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteClassifierOutput ¶
type DeleteClassifierOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeleteClassifierOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteClassifierOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteClassifierRequest ¶
type DeleteClassifierRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteClassifierInput Copy func(*DeleteClassifierInput) DeleteClassifierRequest }
DeleteClassifierRequest is the request type for the DeleteClassifier API operation.
func (DeleteClassifierRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteClassifierRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteClassifierResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteClassifier API request.
type DeleteClassifierResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteClassifierResponse struct { *DeleteClassifierOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteClassifierResponse is the response type for the DeleteClassifier API operation.
func (*DeleteClassifierResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteClassifierResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteClassifier request.
type DeleteConnectionInput ¶
type DeleteConnectionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the connection to delete. // // ConnectionName is a required field ConnectionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteConnectionInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteConnectionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteConnectionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteConnectionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteConnectionOutput ¶
type DeleteConnectionOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeleteConnectionOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteConnectionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteConnectionRequest ¶
type DeleteConnectionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteConnectionInput Copy func(*DeleteConnectionInput) DeleteConnectionRequest }
DeleteConnectionRequest is the request type for the DeleteConnection API operation.
func (DeleteConnectionRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteConnectionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteConnectionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteConnection API request.
type DeleteConnectionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteConnectionResponse struct { *DeleteConnectionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteConnectionResponse is the response type for the DeleteConnection API operation.
func (*DeleteConnectionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteConnectionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteConnection request.
type DeleteCrawlerInput ¶
type DeleteCrawlerInput struct { // The name of the crawler to remove. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteCrawlerInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteCrawlerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteCrawlerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteCrawlerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteCrawlerOutput ¶
type DeleteCrawlerOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeleteCrawlerOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteCrawlerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteCrawlerRequest ¶
type DeleteCrawlerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteCrawlerInput Copy func(*DeleteCrawlerInput) DeleteCrawlerRequest }
DeleteCrawlerRequest is the request type for the DeleteCrawler API operation.
func (DeleteCrawlerRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteCrawlerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteCrawlerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteCrawler API request.
type DeleteCrawlerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteCrawlerResponse struct { *DeleteCrawlerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteCrawlerResponse is the response type for the DeleteCrawler API operation.
func (*DeleteCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteCrawler request.
type DeleteDatabaseInput ¶
type DeleteDatabaseInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the database to delete. For Hive compatibility, this must be // all lowercase. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteDatabaseInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteDatabaseInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteDatabaseInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteDatabaseInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteDatabaseOutput ¶
type DeleteDatabaseOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeleteDatabaseOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteDatabaseOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteDatabaseRequest ¶
type DeleteDatabaseRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteDatabaseInput Copy func(*DeleteDatabaseInput) DeleteDatabaseRequest }
DeleteDatabaseRequest is the request type for the DeleteDatabase API operation.
func (DeleteDatabaseRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteDatabaseRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDatabaseResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteDatabase API request.
type DeleteDatabaseResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteDatabaseResponse struct { *DeleteDatabaseOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteDatabaseResponse is the response type for the DeleteDatabase API operation.
func (*DeleteDatabaseResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteDatabaseResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDatabase request.
type DeleteDevEndpointInput ¶
type DeleteDevEndpointInput struct { // The name of the DevEndpoint. // // EndpointName is a required field EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteDevEndpointInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteDevEndpointInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteDevEndpointInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteDevEndpointInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteDevEndpointOutput ¶
type DeleteDevEndpointOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeleteDevEndpointOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteDevEndpointOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteDevEndpointRequest ¶
type DeleteDevEndpointRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteDevEndpointInput Copy func(*DeleteDevEndpointInput) DeleteDevEndpointRequest }
DeleteDevEndpointRequest is the request type for the DeleteDevEndpoint API operation.
func (DeleteDevEndpointRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteDevEndpointRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteDevEndpointResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteDevEndpoint API request.
type DeleteDevEndpointResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteDevEndpointResponse struct { *DeleteDevEndpointOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteDevEndpointResponse is the response type for the DeleteDevEndpoint API operation.
func (*DeleteDevEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteDevEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteDevEndpoint request.
type DeleteJobInput ¶
type DeleteJobInput struct { // The name of the job definition to delete. // // JobName is a required field JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteJobInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteJobInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteJobInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteJobInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteJobOutput ¶
type DeleteJobOutput struct { // The name of the job definition that was deleted. JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteJobOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteJobOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteJobRequest ¶
type DeleteJobRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteJobInput Copy func(*DeleteJobInput) DeleteJobRequest }
DeleteJobRequest is the request type for the DeleteJob API operation.
func (DeleteJobRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteJobRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteJobResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteJob API request.
type DeleteJobResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteJobResponse struct { *DeleteJobOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteJobResponse is the response type for the DeleteJob API operation.
func (*DeleteJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteJob request.
type DeleteMLTransformInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type DeleteMLTransformInput struct { // The unique identifier of the transform to delete. // // TransformId is a required field TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteMLTransformInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s DeleteMLTransformInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteMLTransformInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *DeleteMLTransformInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteMLTransformOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type DeleteMLTransformOutput struct { // The unique identifier of the transform that was deleted. TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteMLTransformOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s DeleteMLTransformOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteMLTransformRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type DeleteMLTransformRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteMLTransformInput Copy func(*DeleteMLTransformInput) DeleteMLTransformRequest }
DeleteMLTransformRequest is the request type for the DeleteMLTransform API operation.
func (DeleteMLTransformRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r DeleteMLTransformRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteMLTransformResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteMLTransform API request.
type DeleteMLTransformResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type DeleteMLTransformResponse struct { *DeleteMLTransformOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteMLTransformResponse is the response type for the DeleteMLTransform API operation.
func (*DeleteMLTransformResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *DeleteMLTransformResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteMLTransform request.
type DeletePartitionInput ¶
type DeletePartitionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If // none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The values that define the partition. // // PartitionValues is a required field PartitionValues []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the table that contains the partition to be deleted. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeletePartitionInput) String ¶
func (s DeletePartitionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeletePartitionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeletePartitionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeletePartitionOutput ¶
type DeletePartitionOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeletePartitionOutput) String ¶
func (s DeletePartitionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeletePartitionRequest ¶
type DeletePartitionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeletePartitionInput Copy func(*DeletePartitionInput) DeletePartitionRequest }
DeletePartitionRequest is the request type for the DeletePartition API operation.
func (DeletePartitionRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeletePartitionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeletePartitionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeletePartition API request.
type DeletePartitionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeletePartitionResponse struct { *DeletePartitionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeletePartitionResponse is the response type for the DeletePartition API operation.
func (*DeletePartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeletePartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeletePartition request.
type DeleteResourcePolicyInput ¶ added in v0.6.0
type DeleteResourcePolicyInput struct { // The hash value returned when this policy was set. PolicyHashCondition *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteResourcePolicyInput) String ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (s DeleteResourcePolicyInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteResourcePolicyInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (s *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteResourcePolicyOutput ¶ added in v0.6.0
type DeleteResourcePolicyOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeleteResourcePolicyOutput) String ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (s DeleteResourcePolicyOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteResourcePolicyRequest ¶ added in v0.6.0
type DeleteResourcePolicyRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteResourcePolicyInput Copy func(*DeleteResourcePolicyInput) DeleteResourcePolicyRequest }
DeleteResourcePolicyRequest is the request type for the DeleteResourcePolicy API operation.
func (DeleteResourcePolicyRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (r DeleteResourcePolicyRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteResourcePolicyResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteResourcePolicy API request.
type DeleteResourcePolicyResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteResourcePolicyResponse struct { *DeleteResourcePolicyOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteResourcePolicyResponse is the response type for the DeleteResourcePolicy API operation.
func (*DeleteResourcePolicyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteResourcePolicyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteResourcePolicy request.
type DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput struct { // The name of the security configuration to delete. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest ¶ added in v0.5.0
type DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput Copy func(*DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput) DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest }
DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest is the request type for the DeleteSecurityConfiguration API operation.
func (DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (r DeleteSecurityConfigurationRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteSecurityConfiguration API request.
type DeleteSecurityConfigurationResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteSecurityConfigurationResponse struct { *DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteSecurityConfigurationResponse is the response type for the DeleteSecurityConfiguration API operation.
func (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteSecurityConfigurationResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteSecurityConfiguration request.
type DeleteTableInput ¶
type DeleteTableInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, // this name is entirely lowercase. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the table to be deleted. For Hive compatibility, this name is // entirely lowercase. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteTableInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteTableInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteTableInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteTableInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteTableOutput ¶
type DeleteTableOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeleteTableOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteTableOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteTableRequest ¶
type DeleteTableRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteTableInput Copy func(*DeleteTableInput) DeleteTableRequest }
DeleteTableRequest is the request type for the DeleteTable API operation.
func (DeleteTableRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteTableRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteTableResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteTable API request.
type DeleteTableResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteTableResponse struct { *DeleteTableOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteTableResponse is the response type for the DeleteTable API operation.
func (*DeleteTableResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteTableResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteTable request.
type DeleteTableVersionInput ¶ added in v0.3.0
type DeleteTableVersionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, // this name is entirely lowercase. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the table version to be deleted. A VersionID is a string representation // of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1. // // VersionId is a required field VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteTableVersionInput) String ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DeleteTableVersionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteTableVersionInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s *DeleteTableVersionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteTableVersionOutput ¶ added in v0.3.0
type DeleteTableVersionOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeleteTableVersionOutput) String ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DeleteTableVersionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteTableVersionRequest ¶ added in v0.3.0
type DeleteTableVersionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteTableVersionInput Copy func(*DeleteTableVersionInput) DeleteTableVersionRequest }
DeleteTableVersionRequest is the request type for the DeleteTableVersion API operation.
func (DeleteTableVersionRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (r DeleteTableVersionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteTableVersionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteTableVersion API request.
type DeleteTableVersionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteTableVersionResponse struct { *DeleteTableVersionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteTableVersionResponse is the response type for the DeleteTableVersion API operation.
func (*DeleteTableVersionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteTableVersionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteTableVersion request.
type DeleteTriggerInput ¶
type DeleteTriggerInput struct { // The name of the trigger to delete. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteTriggerInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteTriggerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteTriggerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteTriggerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteTriggerOutput ¶
type DeleteTriggerOutput struct { // The name of the trigger that was deleted. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteTriggerOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteTriggerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteTriggerRequest ¶
type DeleteTriggerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteTriggerInput Copy func(*DeleteTriggerInput) DeleteTriggerRequest }
DeleteTriggerRequest is the request type for the DeleteTrigger API operation.
func (DeleteTriggerRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteTriggerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteTriggerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteTrigger API request.
type DeleteTriggerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteTriggerResponse struct { *DeleteTriggerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteTriggerResponse is the response type for the DeleteTrigger API operation.
func (*DeleteTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteTrigger request.
type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput ¶
type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be deleted is located. If // none is supplied, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database where the function is located. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the function definition to be deleted. // // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput ¶
type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest ¶
type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput Copy func(*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput) DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest }
DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest is the request type for the DeleteUserDefinedFunction API operation.
func (DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteUserDefinedFunctionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteUserDefinedFunction API request.
type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionResponse struct { *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteUserDefinedFunctionResponse is the response type for the DeleteUserDefinedFunction API operation.
func (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteUserDefinedFunction request.
type DeleteWorkflowInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type DeleteWorkflowInput struct { // Name of the workflow to be deleted. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteWorkflowInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s DeleteWorkflowInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteWorkflowInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *DeleteWorkflowInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteWorkflowOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type DeleteWorkflowOutput struct { // Name of the workflow specified in input. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (DeleteWorkflowOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s DeleteWorkflowOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteWorkflowRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type DeleteWorkflowRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteWorkflowInput Copy func(*DeleteWorkflowInput) DeleteWorkflowRequest }
DeleteWorkflowRequest is the request type for the DeleteWorkflow API operation.
func (DeleteWorkflowRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r DeleteWorkflowRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteWorkflowResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteWorkflow API request.
type DeleteWorkflowResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type DeleteWorkflowResponse struct { *DeleteWorkflowOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DeleteWorkflowResponse is the response type for the DeleteWorkflow API operation.
func (*DeleteWorkflowResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *DeleteWorkflowResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteWorkflow request.
type DevEndpoint ¶
type DevEndpoint struct { // A map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint. // // Valid arguments are: // // * "--enable-glue-datacatalog": "" // // * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "3" // // * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "2" // // You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by // using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint // APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2. Arguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // The AWS Availability Zone where this DevEndpoint is located. AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` // The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created. CreatedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the DevEndpoint. EndpointName *string `type:"string"` // The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded // in your DevEndpoint. // // You can only use pure Java/Scala libraries with a DevEndpoint. ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"` // The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon S3 bucket that should // be loaded in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated // by a comma. // // You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint. Libraries that // rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) Python // data analysis library, are not currently supported. ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"` // The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint. FailureReason *string `type:"string"` // Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS // Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running // your ETL scripts on development endpoints. // // For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding // Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html) // in the developer guide. // // Development endpoints that are created without specifying a Glue version // default to Glue 0.9. // // You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by // using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint // APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was last modified. LastModifiedTimestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The status of the last update. LastUpdateStatus *string `type:"string"` // The number of AWS Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint. NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the development // endpoint. // // The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for // G.2X. NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // A private IP address to access the DevEndpoint within a VPC if the DevEndpoint // is created within one. The PrivateAddress field is present only when you // create the DevEndpoint within your VPC. PrivateAddress *string `type:"string"` // The public IP address used by this DevEndpoint. The PublicAddress field is // present only when you create a non-virtual private cloud (VPC) DevEndpoint. PublicAddress *string `type:"string"` // The public key to be used by this DevEndpoint for authentication. This attribute // is provided for backward compatibility because the recommended attribute // to use is public keys. PublicKey *string `type:"string"` // A list of public keys to be used by the DevEndpoints for authentication. // Using this attribute is preferred over a single public key because the public // keys allow you to have a different private key per client. // // If you previously created an endpoint with a public key, you must remove // that key to be able to set a list of public keys. Call the UpdateDevEndpoint // API operation with the public key content in the deletePublicKeys attribute, // and the list of new keys in the addPublicKeys attribute. PublicKeys []string `type:"list"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role used in this DevEndpoint. RoleArn *string `type:"string"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this DevEndpoint. SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of security group identifiers used in this DevEndpoint. SecurityGroupIds []string `type:"list"` // The current status of this DevEndpoint. Status *string `type:"string"` // The subnet ID for this DevEndpoint. SubnetId *string `type:"string"` // The ID of the virtual private cloud (VPC) used by this DevEndpoint. VpcId *string `type:"string"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint. // Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend // this worker type for memory-intensive jobs. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of // memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend // this worker type for memory-intensive jobs. // // Known issue: when a development endpoint is created with the G.2X WorkerType // configuration, the Spark drivers for the development endpoint will run on // 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory, and a 64 GB disk. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The YARN endpoint address used by this DevEndpoint. YarnEndpointAddress *string `type:"string"` // The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter. ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort *int64 `type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A development endpoint where a developer can remotely debug extract, transform, and load (ETL) scripts.
func (DevEndpoint) String ¶
func (s DevEndpoint) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DevEndpointCustomLibraries ¶
type DevEndpointCustomLibraries struct { // The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded // in your DevEndpoint. // // You can only use pure Java/Scala libraries with a DevEndpoint. ExtraJarsS3Path *string `type:"string"` // The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon Simple Storage Service // (Amazon S3) bucket that should be loaded in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values // must be complete paths separated by a comma. // // You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint. Libraries that // rely on C extensions, such as the pandas (http://pandas.pydata.org/) Python // data analysis library, are not currently supported. ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Custom libraries to be loaded into a development endpoint.
func (DevEndpointCustomLibraries) String ¶
func (s DevEndpointCustomLibraries) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DynamoDBTarget ¶ added in v0.5.0
type DynamoDBTarget struct { // The name of the DynamoDB table to crawl. Path *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies an Amazon DynamoDB table to crawl.
func (DynamoDBTarget) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s DynamoDBTarget) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Edge ¶ added in v0.10.0
type Edge struct { // The unique of the node within the workflow where the edge ends. DestinationId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The unique of the node within the workflow where the edge starts. SourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
An edge represents a directed connection between two AWS Glue components which are part of the workflow the edge belongs to.
type EncryptionAtRest ¶ added in v0.5.0
type EncryptionAtRest struct { // The encryption-at-rest mode for encrypting Data Catalog data. // // CatalogEncryptionMode is a required field CatalogEncryptionMode CatalogEncryptionMode `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"` // The ID of the AWS KMS key to use for encryption at rest. SseAwsKmsKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies the encryption-at-rest configuration for the Data Catalog.
func (EncryptionAtRest) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s EncryptionAtRest) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*EncryptionAtRest) Validate ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s *EncryptionAtRest) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type EncryptionConfiguration ¶ added in v0.5.0
type EncryptionConfiguration struct { // The encryption configuration for Amazon CloudWatch. CloudWatchEncryption *CloudWatchEncryption `type:"structure"` // The encryption configuration for job bookmarks. JobBookmarksEncryption *JobBookmarksEncryption `type:"structure"` // The encryption configuration for Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) // data. S3Encryption []S3Encryption `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies an encryption configuration.
func (EncryptionConfiguration) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s EncryptionConfiguration) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ErrorDetail ¶
type ErrorDetail struct { // The code associated with this error. ErrorCode *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A message describing the error. ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Contains details about an error.
func (ErrorDetail) String ¶
func (s ErrorDetail) String() string
String returns the string representation
type EvaluationMetrics ¶ added in v0.11.0
type EvaluationMetrics struct { // The evaluation metrics for the find matches algorithm. FindMatchesMetrics *FindMatchesMetrics `type:"structure"` // The type of machine learning transform. // // TransformType is a required field TransformType TransformType `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Evaluation metrics provide an estimate of the quality of your machine learning transform.
func (EvaluationMetrics) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s EvaluationMetrics) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ExecutionProperty ¶
type ExecutionProperty struct { // The maximum number of concurrent runs allowed for the job. The default is // 1. An error is returned when this threshold is reached. The maximum value // you can specify is controlled by a service limit. MaxConcurrentRuns *int64 `type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
An execution property of a job.
func (ExecutionProperty) String ¶
func (s ExecutionProperty) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ExistCondition ¶ added in v0.6.0
type ExistCondition string
const ( ExistConditionMustExist ExistCondition = "MUST_EXIST" ExistConditionNotExist ExistCondition = "NOT_EXIST" ExistConditionNone ExistCondition = "NONE" )
Enum values for ExistCondition
func (ExistCondition) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (enum ExistCondition) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ExistCondition) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (enum ExistCondition) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties ¶ added in v0.11.0
type ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties struct { // The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you will export // the labels. OutputS3Path *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies configuration properties for an exporting labels task run.
func (ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties) String() string
String returns the string representation
type FindMatchesMetrics ¶ added in v0.11.0
type FindMatchesMetrics struct { // The area under the precision/recall curve (AUPRC) is a single number measuring // the overall quality of the transform, that is independent of the choice made // for precision vs. recall. Higher values indicate that you have a more attractive // precision vs. recall tradeoff. // // For more information, see Precision and recall (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Precision_and_recall) // in Wikipedia. AreaUnderPRCurve *float64 `type:"double"` // The confusion matrix shows you what your transform is predicting accurately // and what types of errors it is making. // // For more information, see Confusion matrix (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Confusion_matrix) // in Wikipedia. ConfusionMatrix *ConfusionMatrix `type:"structure"` // The maximum F1 metric indicates the transform's accuracy between 0 and 1, // where 1 is the best accuracy. // // For more information, see F1 score (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/F1_score) // in Wikipedia. F1 *float64 `type:"double"` // The precision metric indicates when often your transform is correct when // it predicts a match. Specifically, it measures how well the transform finds // true positives from the total true positives possible. // // For more information, see Precision and recall (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Precision_and_recall) // in Wikipedia. Precision *float64 `type:"double"` // The recall metric indicates that for an actual match, how often your transform // predicts the match. Specifically, it measures how well the transform finds // true positives from the total records in the source data. // // For more information, see Precision and recall (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Precision_and_recall) // in Wikipedia. Recall *float64 `type:"double"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The evaluation metrics for the find matches algorithm. The quality of your machine learning transform is measured by getting your transform to predict some matches and comparing the results to known matches from the same dataset. The quality metrics are based on a subset of your data, so they are not precise.
func (FindMatchesMetrics) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s FindMatchesMetrics) String() string
String returns the string representation
type FindMatchesParameters ¶ added in v0.11.0
type FindMatchesParameters struct { // The value that is selected when tuning your transform for a balance between // accuracy and cost. A value of 0.5 means that the system balances accuracy // and cost concerns. A value of 1.0 means a bias purely for accuracy, which // typically results in a higher cost, sometimes substantially higher. A value // of 0.0 means a bias purely for cost, which results in a less accurate FindMatches // transform, sometimes with unacceptable accuracy. // // Accuracy measures how well the transform finds true positives and true negatives. // Increasing accuracy requires more machine resources and cost. But it also // results in increased recall. // // Cost measures how many compute resources, and thus money, are consumed to // run the transform. AccuracyCostTradeoff *float64 `type:"double"` // The value to switch on or off to force the output to match the provided labels // from users. If the value is True, the find matches transform forces the output // to match the provided labels. The results override the normal conflation // results. If the value is False, the find matches transform does not ensure // all the labels provided are respected, and the results rely on the trained // model. // // Note that setting this value to true may increase the conflation execution // time. EnforceProvidedLabels *bool `type:"boolean"` // The value selected when tuning your transform for a balance between precision // and recall. A value of 0.5 means no preference; a value of 1.0 means a bias // purely for precision, and a value of 0.0 means a bias for recall. Because // this is a tradeoff, choosing values close to 1.0 means very low recall, and // choosing values close to 0.0 results in very low precision. // // The precision metric indicates how often your model is correct when it predicts // a match. // // The recall metric indicates that for an actual match, how often your model // predicts the match. PrecisionRecallTradeoff *float64 `type:"double"` // The name of a column that uniquely identifies rows in the source table. Used // to help identify matching records. PrimaryKeyColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The parameters to configure the find matches transform.
func (FindMatchesParameters) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s FindMatchesParameters) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*FindMatchesParameters) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *FindMatchesParameters) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type FindMatchesTaskRunProperties ¶ added in v0.11.0
type FindMatchesTaskRunProperties struct { // The job ID for the Find Matches task run. JobId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name assigned to the job for the Find Matches task run. JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The job run ID for the Find Matches task run. JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies configuration properties for a Find Matches task run.
func (FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s FindMatchesTaskRunProperties) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetCatalogImportStatusInput ¶
type GetCatalogImportStatusInput struct { // The ID of the catalog to migrate. Currently, this should be the AWS account // ID. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetCatalogImportStatusInput) String ¶
func (s GetCatalogImportStatusInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetCatalogImportStatusInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetCatalogImportStatusInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetCatalogImportStatusOutput ¶
type GetCatalogImportStatusOutput struct { // The status of the specified catalog migration. ImportStatus *CatalogImportStatus `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) String ¶
func (s GetCatalogImportStatusOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetCatalogImportStatusRequest ¶
type GetCatalogImportStatusRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetCatalogImportStatusInput Copy func(*GetCatalogImportStatusInput) GetCatalogImportStatusRequest }
GetCatalogImportStatusRequest is the request type for the GetCatalogImportStatus API operation.
func (GetCatalogImportStatusRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetCatalogImportStatusRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetCatalogImportStatusResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetCatalogImportStatus API request.
type GetCatalogImportStatusResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetCatalogImportStatusResponse struct { *GetCatalogImportStatusOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetCatalogImportStatusResponse is the response type for the GetCatalogImportStatus API operation.
func (*GetCatalogImportStatusResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetCatalogImportStatusResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetCatalogImportStatus request.
type GetClassifierInput ¶
type GetClassifierInput struct { // Name of the classifier to retrieve. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetClassifierInput) String ¶
func (s GetClassifierInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetClassifierInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetClassifierInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetClassifierOutput ¶
type GetClassifierOutput struct { // The requested classifier. Classifier *Classifier `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetClassifierOutput) String ¶
func (s GetClassifierOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetClassifierRequest ¶
type GetClassifierRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetClassifierInput Copy func(*GetClassifierInput) GetClassifierRequest }
GetClassifierRequest is the request type for the GetClassifier API operation.
func (GetClassifierRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetClassifierRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetClassifierResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetClassifier API request.
type GetClassifierResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetClassifierResponse struct { *GetClassifierOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetClassifierResponse is the response type for the GetClassifier API operation.
func (*GetClassifierResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetClassifierResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetClassifier request.
type GetClassifiersInput ¶
type GetClassifiersInput struct { // The size of the list to return (optional). MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // An optional continuation token. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetClassifiersInput) String ¶
func (s GetClassifiersInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetClassifiersInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetClassifiersInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetClassifiersOutput ¶
type GetClassifiersOutput struct { // The requested list of classifier objects. Classifiers []Classifier `type:"list"` // A continuation token. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetClassifiersOutput) String ¶
func (s GetClassifiersOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetClassifiersPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetClassifiersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetClassifiersPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetClassifiersPaginator(req GetClassifiersRequest) GetClassifiersPaginator
NewGetClassifiersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetClassifiers. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetClassifiersRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetClassifiersRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetClassifiersPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetClassifiersPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetClassifiersOutput
type GetClassifiersRequest ¶
type GetClassifiersRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetClassifiersInput Copy func(*GetClassifiersInput) GetClassifiersRequest }
GetClassifiersRequest is the request type for the GetClassifiers API operation.
func (GetClassifiersRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetClassifiersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetClassifiersResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetClassifiers API request.
type GetClassifiersResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetClassifiersResponse struct { *GetClassifiersOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetClassifiersResponse is the response type for the GetClassifiers API operation.
func (*GetClassifiersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetClassifiersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetClassifiers request.
type GetConnectionInput ¶
type GetConnectionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Allows you to retrieve the connection metadata without returning the password. // For instance, the AWS Glue console uses this flag to retrieve the connection, // and does not display the password. Set this parameter when the caller might // not have permission to use the AWS KMS key to decrypt the password, but it // does have permission to access the rest of the connection properties. HidePassword *bool `type:"boolean"` // The name of the connection definition to retrieve. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetConnectionInput) String ¶
func (s GetConnectionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetConnectionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetConnectionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetConnectionOutput ¶
type GetConnectionOutput struct { // The requested connection definition. Connection *Connection `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetConnectionOutput) String ¶
func (s GetConnectionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetConnectionRequest ¶
type GetConnectionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetConnectionInput Copy func(*GetConnectionInput) GetConnectionRequest }
GetConnectionRequest is the request type for the GetConnection API operation.
func (GetConnectionRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetConnectionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetConnectionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetConnection API request.
type GetConnectionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetConnectionResponse struct { *GetConnectionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetConnectionResponse is the response type for the GetConnection API operation.
func (*GetConnectionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetConnectionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetConnection request.
type GetConnectionsFilter ¶
type GetConnectionsFilter struct { // The type of connections to return. Currently, only JDBC is supported; SFTP // is not supported. ConnectionType ConnectionType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // A criteria string that must match the criteria recorded in the connection // definition for that connection definition to be returned. MatchCriteria []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Filters the connection definitions that are returned by the GetConnections API operation.
func (GetConnectionsFilter) String ¶
func (s GetConnectionsFilter) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetConnectionsInput ¶
type GetConnectionsInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A filter that controls which connections are returned. Filter *GetConnectionsFilter `type:"structure"` // Allows you to retrieve the connection metadata without returning the password. // For instance, the AWS Glue console uses this flag to retrieve the connection, // and does not display the password. Set this parameter when the caller might // not have permission to use the AWS KMS key to decrypt the password, but it // does have permission to access the rest of the connection properties. HidePassword *bool `type:"boolean"` // The maximum number of connections to return in one response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetConnectionsInput) String ¶
func (s GetConnectionsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetConnectionsInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetConnectionsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetConnectionsOutput ¶
type GetConnectionsOutput struct { // A list of requested connection definitions. ConnectionList []Connection `type:"list"` // A continuation token, if the list of connections returned does not include // the last of the filtered connections. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetConnectionsOutput) String ¶
func (s GetConnectionsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetConnectionsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetConnectionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetConnectionsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetConnectionsPaginator(req GetConnectionsRequest) GetConnectionsPaginator
NewGetConnectionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetConnections. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetConnectionsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetConnectionsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetConnectionsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetConnectionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetConnectionsOutput
type GetConnectionsRequest ¶
type GetConnectionsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetConnectionsInput Copy func(*GetConnectionsInput) GetConnectionsRequest }
GetConnectionsRequest is the request type for the GetConnections API operation.
func (GetConnectionsRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetConnectionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetConnectionsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetConnections API request.
type GetConnectionsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetConnectionsResponse struct { *GetConnectionsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetConnectionsResponse is the response type for the GetConnections API operation.
func (*GetConnectionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetConnectionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetConnections request.
type GetCrawlerInput ¶
type GetCrawlerInput struct { // The name of the crawler to retrieve metadata for. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetCrawlerInput) String ¶
func (s GetCrawlerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetCrawlerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetCrawlerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetCrawlerMetricsInput ¶
type GetCrawlerMetricsInput struct { // A list of the names of crawlers about which to retrieve metrics. CrawlerNameList []string `type:"list"` // The maximum size of a list to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetCrawlerMetricsInput) String ¶
func (s GetCrawlerMetricsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetCrawlerMetricsInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetCrawlerMetricsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetCrawlerMetricsOutput ¶
type GetCrawlerMetricsOutput struct { // A list of metrics for the specified crawler. CrawlerMetricsList []CrawlerMetrics `type:"list"` // A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric // available. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) String ¶
func (s GetCrawlerMetricsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetCrawlerMetricsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetCrawlerMetricsPaginator(req GetCrawlerMetricsRequest) GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator
NewGetCrawlerMetricsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetCrawlerMetrics. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetCrawlerMetricsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetCrawlerMetricsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput
type GetCrawlerMetricsRequest ¶
type GetCrawlerMetricsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetCrawlerMetricsInput Copy func(*GetCrawlerMetricsInput) GetCrawlerMetricsRequest }
GetCrawlerMetricsRequest is the request type for the GetCrawlerMetrics API operation.
func (GetCrawlerMetricsRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetCrawlerMetricsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetCrawlerMetricsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetCrawlerMetrics API request.
type GetCrawlerMetricsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetCrawlerMetricsResponse struct { *GetCrawlerMetricsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetCrawlerMetricsResponse is the response type for the GetCrawlerMetrics API operation.
func (*GetCrawlerMetricsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetCrawlerMetricsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetCrawlerMetrics request.
type GetCrawlerOutput ¶
type GetCrawlerOutput struct { // The metadata for the specified crawler. Crawler *Crawler `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetCrawlerOutput) String ¶
func (s GetCrawlerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetCrawlerRequest ¶
type GetCrawlerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetCrawlerInput Copy func(*GetCrawlerInput) GetCrawlerRequest }
GetCrawlerRequest is the request type for the GetCrawler API operation.
func (GetCrawlerRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetCrawlerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetCrawlerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetCrawler API request.
type GetCrawlerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetCrawlerResponse struct { *GetCrawlerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetCrawlerResponse is the response type for the GetCrawler API operation.
func (*GetCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetCrawler request.
type GetCrawlersInput ¶
type GetCrawlersInput struct { // The number of crawlers to return on each call. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation request. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetCrawlersInput) String ¶
func (s GetCrawlersInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetCrawlersInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetCrawlersInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetCrawlersOutput ¶
type GetCrawlersOutput struct { // A list of crawler metadata. Crawlers []Crawler `type:"list"` // A continuation token, if the returned list has not reached the end of those // defined in this customer account. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetCrawlersOutput) String ¶
func (s GetCrawlersOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetCrawlersPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetCrawlersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetCrawlersPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetCrawlersPaginator(req GetCrawlersRequest) GetCrawlersPaginator
NewGetCrawlersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetCrawlers. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetCrawlersRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetCrawlersRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetCrawlersPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetCrawlersPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetCrawlersOutput
type GetCrawlersRequest ¶
type GetCrawlersRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetCrawlersInput Copy func(*GetCrawlersInput) GetCrawlersRequest }
GetCrawlersRequest is the request type for the GetCrawlers API operation.
func (GetCrawlersRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetCrawlersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetCrawlersResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetCrawlers API request.
type GetCrawlersResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetCrawlersResponse struct { *GetCrawlersOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetCrawlersResponse is the response type for the GetCrawlers API operation.
func (*GetCrawlersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetCrawlersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetCrawlers request.
type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog to retrieve the security configuration for. If // none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput struct { // The requested security configuration. DataCatalogEncryptionSettings *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest ¶ added in v0.5.0
type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput Copy func(*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest }
GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest is the request type for the GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API operation.
func (GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (r GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API request.
type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse struct { *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse is the response type for the GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API operation.
func (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings request.
type GetDatabaseInput ¶
type GetDatabaseInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the database to retrieve. For Hive compatibility, this should // be all lowercase. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDatabaseInput) String ¶
func (s GetDatabaseInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetDatabaseInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetDatabaseInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetDatabaseOutput ¶
type GetDatabaseOutput struct { // The definition of the specified database in the Data Catalog. Database *Database `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDatabaseOutput) String ¶
func (s GetDatabaseOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetDatabaseRequest ¶
type GetDatabaseRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetDatabaseInput Copy func(*GetDatabaseInput) GetDatabaseRequest }
GetDatabaseRequest is the request type for the GetDatabase API operation.
func (GetDatabaseRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetDatabaseRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetDatabaseResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetDatabase API request.
type GetDatabaseResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetDatabaseResponse struct { *GetDatabaseOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetDatabaseResponse is the response type for the GetDatabase API operation.
func (*GetDatabaseResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetDatabaseResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetDatabase request.
type GetDatabasesInput ¶
type GetDatabasesInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog from which to retrieve Databases. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The maximum number of databases to return in one response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDatabasesInput) String ¶
func (s GetDatabasesInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetDatabasesInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetDatabasesInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetDatabasesOutput ¶
type GetDatabasesOutput struct { // A list of Database objects from the specified catalog. // // DatabaseList is a required field DatabaseList []Database `type:"list" required:"true"` // A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned // if the current segment of the list is not the last. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDatabasesOutput) String ¶
func (s GetDatabasesOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetDatabasesPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetDatabasesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetDatabasesPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetDatabasesPaginator(req GetDatabasesRequest) GetDatabasesPaginator
NewGetDatabasesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetDatabases. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetDatabasesRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetDatabasesRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetDatabasesPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetDatabasesPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetDatabasesOutput
type GetDatabasesRequest ¶
type GetDatabasesRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetDatabasesInput Copy func(*GetDatabasesInput) GetDatabasesRequest }
GetDatabasesRequest is the request type for the GetDatabases API operation.
func (GetDatabasesRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetDatabasesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetDatabasesResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetDatabases API request.
type GetDatabasesResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetDatabasesResponse struct { *GetDatabasesOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetDatabasesResponse is the response type for the GetDatabases API operation.
func (*GetDatabasesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetDatabasesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetDatabases request.
type GetDataflowGraphInput ¶
type GetDataflowGraphInput struct { // The Python script to transform. PythonScript *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDataflowGraphInput) String ¶
func (s GetDataflowGraphInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetDataflowGraphOutput ¶
type GetDataflowGraphOutput struct { // A list of the edges in the resulting DAG. DagEdges []CodeGenEdge `type:"list"` // A list of the nodes in the resulting DAG. DagNodes []CodeGenNode `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDataflowGraphOutput) String ¶
func (s GetDataflowGraphOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetDataflowGraphRequest ¶
type GetDataflowGraphRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetDataflowGraphInput Copy func(*GetDataflowGraphInput) GetDataflowGraphRequest }
GetDataflowGraphRequest is the request type for the GetDataflowGraph API operation.
func (GetDataflowGraphRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetDataflowGraphRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetDataflowGraphResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetDataflowGraph API request.
type GetDataflowGraphResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetDataflowGraphResponse struct { *GetDataflowGraphOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetDataflowGraphResponse is the response type for the GetDataflowGraph API operation.
func (*GetDataflowGraphResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetDataflowGraphResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetDataflowGraph request.
type GetDevEndpointInput ¶
type GetDevEndpointInput struct { // Name of the DevEndpoint to retrieve information for. // // EndpointName is a required field EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDevEndpointInput) String ¶
func (s GetDevEndpointInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetDevEndpointInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetDevEndpointInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetDevEndpointOutput ¶
type GetDevEndpointOutput struct { // A DevEndpoint definition. DevEndpoint *DevEndpoint `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDevEndpointOutput) String ¶
func (s GetDevEndpointOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetDevEndpointRequest ¶
type GetDevEndpointRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetDevEndpointInput Copy func(*GetDevEndpointInput) GetDevEndpointRequest }
GetDevEndpointRequest is the request type for the GetDevEndpoint API operation.
func (GetDevEndpointRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetDevEndpointRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetDevEndpointResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetDevEndpoint API request.
type GetDevEndpointResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetDevEndpointResponse struct { *GetDevEndpointOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetDevEndpointResponse is the response type for the GetDevEndpoint API operation.
func (*GetDevEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetDevEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetDevEndpoint request.
type GetDevEndpointsInput ¶
type GetDevEndpointsInput struct { // The maximum size of information to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDevEndpointsInput) String ¶
func (s GetDevEndpointsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetDevEndpointsInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetDevEndpointsOutput ¶
type GetDevEndpointsOutput struct { // A list of DevEndpoint definitions. DevEndpoints []DevEndpoint `type:"list"` // A continuation token, if not all DevEndpoint definitions have yet been returned. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetDevEndpointsOutput) String ¶
func (s GetDevEndpointsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetDevEndpointsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetDevEndpointsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetDevEndpointsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetDevEndpointsPaginator(req GetDevEndpointsRequest) GetDevEndpointsPaginator
NewGetDevEndpointsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetDevEndpoints. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetDevEndpointsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetDevEndpointsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetDevEndpointsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetDevEndpointsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetDevEndpointsOutput
type GetDevEndpointsRequest ¶
type GetDevEndpointsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetDevEndpointsInput Copy func(*GetDevEndpointsInput) GetDevEndpointsRequest }
GetDevEndpointsRequest is the request type for the GetDevEndpoints API operation.
func (GetDevEndpointsRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetDevEndpointsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetDevEndpointsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetDevEndpoints API request.
type GetDevEndpointsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetDevEndpointsResponse struct { *GetDevEndpointsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetDevEndpointsResponse is the response type for the GetDevEndpoints API operation.
func (*GetDevEndpointsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetDevEndpointsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetDevEndpoints request.
type GetJobBookmarkInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetJobBookmarkInput struct { // The name of the job in question. // // JobName is a required field JobName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique run identifier associated with this job run. RunId *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetJobBookmarkInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s GetJobBookmarkInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetJobBookmarkInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *GetJobBookmarkInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetJobBookmarkOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetJobBookmarkOutput struct { // A structure that defines a point that a job can resume processing. JobBookmarkEntry *JobBookmarkEntry `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetJobBookmarkOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s GetJobBookmarkOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetJobBookmarkRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetJobBookmarkRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetJobBookmarkInput Copy func(*GetJobBookmarkInput) GetJobBookmarkRequest }
GetJobBookmarkRequest is the request type for the GetJobBookmark API operation.
func (GetJobBookmarkRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r GetJobBookmarkRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetJobBookmarkResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetJobBookmark API request.
type GetJobBookmarkResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetJobBookmarkResponse struct { *GetJobBookmarkOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetJobBookmarkResponse is the response type for the GetJobBookmark API operation.
func (*GetJobBookmarkResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *GetJobBookmarkResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetJobBookmark request.
type GetJobInput ¶
type GetJobInput struct { // The name of the job definition to retrieve. // // JobName is a required field JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetJobInput) String ¶
func (s GetJobInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetJobInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetJobInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetJobOutput ¶
type GetJobOutput struct { // The requested job definition. Job *Job `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetJobOutput) String ¶
func (s GetJobOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetJobRequest ¶
type GetJobRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetJobInput Copy func(*GetJobInput) GetJobRequest }
GetJobRequest is the request type for the GetJob API operation.
func (GetJobRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetJobRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetJobResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetJob API request.
type GetJobResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetJobResponse struct { *GetJobOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetJobResponse is the response type for the GetJob API operation.
func (*GetJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetJob request.
type GetJobRunInput ¶
type GetJobRunInput struct { // Name of the job definition being run. // // JobName is a required field JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // True if a list of predecessor runs should be returned. PredecessorsIncluded *bool `type:"boolean"` // The ID of the job run. // // RunId is a required field RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetJobRunInput) String ¶
func (s GetJobRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetJobRunInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetJobRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetJobRunOutput ¶
type GetJobRunOutput struct { // The requested job-run metadata. JobRun *JobRun `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetJobRunOutput) String ¶
func (s GetJobRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetJobRunRequest ¶
type GetJobRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetJobRunInput Copy func(*GetJobRunInput) GetJobRunRequest }
GetJobRunRequest is the request type for the GetJobRun API operation.
func (GetJobRunRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetJobRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetJobRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetJobRun API request.
type GetJobRunResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetJobRunResponse struct { *GetJobRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetJobRunResponse is the response type for the GetJobRun API operation.
func (*GetJobRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetJobRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetJobRun request.
type GetJobRunsInput ¶
type GetJobRunsInput struct { // The name of the job definition for which to retrieve all job runs. // // JobName is a required field JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The maximum size of the response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetJobRunsInput) String ¶
func (s GetJobRunsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetJobRunsInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetJobRunsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetJobRunsOutput ¶
type GetJobRunsOutput struct { // A list of job-run metadata objects. JobRuns []JobRun `type:"list"` // A continuation token, if not all requested job runs have been returned. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetJobRunsOutput) String ¶
func (s GetJobRunsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetJobRunsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetJobRunsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetJobRunsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetJobRunsPaginator(req GetJobRunsRequest) GetJobRunsPaginator
NewGetJobRunsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetJobRuns. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetJobRunsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetJobRunsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetJobRunsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetJobRunsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetJobRunsOutput
type GetJobRunsRequest ¶
type GetJobRunsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetJobRunsInput Copy func(*GetJobRunsInput) GetJobRunsRequest }
GetJobRunsRequest is the request type for the GetJobRuns API operation.
func (GetJobRunsRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetJobRunsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetJobRunsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetJobRuns API request.
type GetJobRunsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetJobRunsResponse struct { *GetJobRunsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetJobRunsResponse is the response type for the GetJobRuns API operation.
func (*GetJobRunsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetJobRunsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetJobRuns request.
type GetJobsInput ¶
type GetJobsInput struct { // The maximum size of the response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetJobsInput) String ¶
func (s GetJobsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetJobsInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetJobsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetJobsOutput ¶
type GetJobsOutput struct { // A list of job definitions. Jobs []Job `type:"list"` // A continuation token, if not all job definitions have yet been returned. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetJobsOutput) String ¶
func (s GetJobsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetJobsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetJobsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetJobsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetJobsPaginator(req GetJobsRequest) GetJobsPaginator
NewGetJobsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetJobs. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetJobsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetJobsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetJobsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetJobsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetJobsOutput
type GetJobsRequest ¶
type GetJobsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetJobsInput Copy func(*GetJobsInput) GetJobsRequest }
GetJobsRequest is the request type for the GetJobs API operation.
func (GetJobsRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetJobsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetJobsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetJobs API request.
type GetJobsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetJobsResponse struct { *GetJobsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetJobsResponse is the response type for the GetJobs API operation.
func (*GetJobsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetJobsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetJobs request.
type GetMLTaskRunInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTaskRunInput struct { // The unique identifier of the task run. // // TaskRunId is a required field TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique identifier of the machine learning transform. // // TransformId is a required field TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetMLTaskRunInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s GetMLTaskRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetMLTaskRunInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *GetMLTaskRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetMLTaskRunOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTaskRunOutput struct { // The date and time when this task run was completed. CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The error strings that are associated with the task run. ErrorString *string `type:"string"` // The amount of time (in seconds) that the task run consumed resources. ExecutionTime *int64 `type:"integer"` // The date and time when this task run was last modified. LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The names of the log groups that are associated with the task run. LogGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The list of properties that are associated with the task run. Properties *TaskRunProperties `type:"structure"` // The date and time when this task run started. StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The status for this task run. Status TaskStatusType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The unique run identifier associated with this run. TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The unique identifier of the task run. TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetMLTaskRunOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s GetMLTaskRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetMLTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTaskRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetMLTaskRunInput Copy func(*GetMLTaskRunInput) GetMLTaskRunRequest }
GetMLTaskRunRequest is the request type for the GetMLTaskRun API operation.
func (GetMLTaskRunRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r GetMLTaskRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetMLTaskRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetMLTaskRun API request.
type GetMLTaskRunResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTaskRunResponse struct { *GetMLTaskRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetMLTaskRunResponse is the response type for the GetMLTaskRun API operation.
func (*GetMLTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *GetMLTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetMLTaskRun request.
type GetMLTaskRunsInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTaskRunsInput struct { // The filter criteria, in the TaskRunFilterCriteria structure, for the task // run. Filter *TaskRunFilterCriteria `type:"structure"` // The maximum number of results to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A token for pagination of the results. The default is empty. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // The sorting criteria, in the TaskRunSortCriteria structure, for the task // run. Sort *TaskRunSortCriteria `type:"structure"` // The unique identifier of the machine learning transform. // // TransformId is a required field TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetMLTaskRunsInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s GetMLTaskRunsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetMLTaskRunsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *GetMLTaskRunsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetMLTaskRunsOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTaskRunsOutput struct { // A pagination token, if more results are available. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A list of task runs that are associated with the transform. TaskRuns []TaskRun `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetMLTaskRunsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s GetMLTaskRunsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetMLTaskRunsPaginator ¶ added in v0.11.0
GetMLTaskRunsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetMLTaskRunsPaginator ¶ added in v0.11.0
func NewGetMLTaskRunsPaginator(req GetMLTaskRunsRequest) GetMLTaskRunsPaginator
NewGetMLTaskRunsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetMLTaskRuns. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetMLTaskRunsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetMLTaskRunsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetMLTaskRunsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (p *GetMLTaskRunsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetMLTaskRunsOutput
type GetMLTaskRunsRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTaskRunsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetMLTaskRunsInput Copy func(*GetMLTaskRunsInput) GetMLTaskRunsRequest }
GetMLTaskRunsRequest is the request type for the GetMLTaskRuns API operation.
func (GetMLTaskRunsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r GetMLTaskRunsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetMLTaskRunsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetMLTaskRuns API request.
type GetMLTaskRunsResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTaskRunsResponse struct { *GetMLTaskRunsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetMLTaskRunsResponse is the response type for the GetMLTaskRuns API operation.
func (*GetMLTaskRunsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *GetMLTaskRunsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetMLTaskRuns request.
type GetMLTransformInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTransformInput struct { // The unique identifier of the transform, generated at the time that the transform // was created. // // TransformId is a required field TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetMLTransformInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s GetMLTransformInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetMLTransformInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *GetMLTransformInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetMLTransformOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTransformOutput struct { // The date and time when the transform was created. CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // A description of the transform. Description *string `type:"string"` // The latest evaluation metrics. EvaluationMetrics *EvaluationMetrics `type:"structure"` // This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform // is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value // is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information, // see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions) // in the developer guide. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform. InputRecordTables []GlueTable `type:"list"` // The number of labels available for this transform. LabelCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // The date and time when the transform was last modified. LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to // task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default // is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 // vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see // the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). // // When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity // field is set automatically and becomes read-only. MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"` // The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task // run fails. MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` // The unique name given to the transform when it was created. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this // task runs. NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // The configuration parameters that are specific to the algorithm used. Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required // permissions. Role *string `type:"string"` // The Map<Column, Type> object that represents the schema that this transform // accepts. Has an upper bound of 100 columns. Schema []SchemaColumn `type:"list"` // The last known status of the transform (to indicate whether it can be used // or not). One of "NOT_READY", "READY", or "DELETING". Status TransformStatusType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The timeout for a task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum // time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is // terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // The unique identifier of the transform, generated at the time that the transform // was created. TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts // a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory // and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory // and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetMLTransformOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s GetMLTransformOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetMLTransformRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTransformRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetMLTransformInput Copy func(*GetMLTransformInput) GetMLTransformRequest }
GetMLTransformRequest is the request type for the GetMLTransform API operation.
func (GetMLTransformRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r GetMLTransformRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetMLTransformResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetMLTransform API request.
type GetMLTransformResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTransformResponse struct { *GetMLTransformOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetMLTransformResponse is the response type for the GetMLTransform API operation.
func (*GetMLTransformResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *GetMLTransformResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetMLTransform request.
type GetMLTransformsInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTransformsInput struct { // The filter transformation criteria. Filter *TransformFilterCriteria `type:"structure"` // The maximum number of results to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A paginated token to offset the results. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // The sorting criteria. Sort *TransformSortCriteria `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetMLTransformsInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s GetMLTransformsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetMLTransformsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *GetMLTransformsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetMLTransformsOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTransformsOutput struct { // A pagination token, if more results are available. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A list of machine learning transforms. // // Transforms is a required field Transforms []MLTransform `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetMLTransformsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s GetMLTransformsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetMLTransformsPaginator ¶ added in v0.11.0
GetMLTransformsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetMLTransformsPaginator ¶ added in v0.11.0
func NewGetMLTransformsPaginator(req GetMLTransformsRequest) GetMLTransformsPaginator
NewGetMLTransformsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetMLTransforms. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetMLTransformsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetMLTransformsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetMLTransformsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (p *GetMLTransformsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetMLTransformsOutput
type GetMLTransformsRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTransformsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetMLTransformsInput Copy func(*GetMLTransformsInput) GetMLTransformsRequest }
GetMLTransformsRequest is the request type for the GetMLTransforms API operation.
func (GetMLTransformsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r GetMLTransformsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetMLTransformsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetMLTransforms API request.
type GetMLTransformsResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GetMLTransformsResponse struct { *GetMLTransformsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetMLTransformsResponse is the response type for the GetMLTransforms API operation.
func (*GetMLTransformsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *GetMLTransformsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetMLTransforms request.
type GetMappingInput ¶
type GetMappingInput struct { // Parameters for the mapping. Location *Location `type:"structure"` // A list of target tables. Sinks []CatalogEntry `type:"list"` // Specifies the source table. // // Source is a required field Source *CatalogEntry `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetMappingInput) String ¶
func (s GetMappingInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetMappingInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetMappingInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetMappingOutput ¶
type GetMappingOutput struct { // A list of mappings to the specified targets. // // Mapping is a required field Mapping []MappingEntry `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetMappingOutput) String ¶
func (s GetMappingOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetMappingRequest ¶
type GetMappingRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetMappingInput Copy func(*GetMappingInput) GetMappingRequest }
GetMappingRequest is the request type for the GetMapping API operation.
func (GetMappingRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetMappingRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetMappingResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetMapping API request.
type GetMappingResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetMappingResponse struct { *GetMappingOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetMappingResponse is the response type for the GetMapping API operation.
func (*GetMappingResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetMappingResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetMapping request.
type GetPartitionInput ¶
type GetPartitionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition in question resides. If none // is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database where the partition resides. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The values that define the partition. // // PartitionValues is a required field PartitionValues []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the partition's table. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetPartitionInput) String ¶
func (s GetPartitionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetPartitionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetPartitionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetPartitionOutput ¶
type GetPartitionOutput struct { // The requested information, in the form of a Partition object. Partition *Partition `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetPartitionOutput) String ¶
func (s GetPartitionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetPartitionRequest ¶
type GetPartitionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetPartitionInput Copy func(*GetPartitionInput) GetPartitionRequest }
GetPartitionRequest is the request type for the GetPartition API operation.
func (GetPartitionRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetPartitionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetPartitionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetPartition API request.
type GetPartitionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetPartitionResponse struct { *GetPartitionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetPartitionResponse is the response type for the GetPartition API operation.
func (*GetPartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetPartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetPartition request.
type GetPartitionsInput ¶
type GetPartitionsInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none // is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // An expression that filters the partitions to be returned. // // The expression uses SQL syntax similar to the SQL WHERE filter clause. The // SQL statement parser JSQLParser (http://jsqlparser.sourceforge.net/home.php) // parses the expression. // // Operators: The following are the operators that you can use in the Expression // API call: // // = // // Checks whether the values of the two operands are equal; if yes, then the // condition becomes true. // // Example: Assume 'variable a' holds 10 and 'variable b' holds 20. // // (a = b) is not true. // // < > // // Checks whether the values of two operands are equal; if the values are not // equal, then the condition becomes true. // // Example: (a < > b) is true. // // > // // Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than the value of // the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true. // // Example: (a > b) is not true. // // < // // Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than the value of the // right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true. // // Example: (a < b) is true. // // >= // // Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than or equal to // the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true. // // Example: (a >= b) is not true. // // <= // // Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than or equal to the // value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true. // // Example: (a <= b) is true. // // AND, OR, IN, BETWEEN, LIKE, NOT, IS NULL // // Logical operators. // // Supported Partition Key Types: The following are the supported partition // keys. // // * string // // * date // // * timestamp // // * int // // * bigint // // * long // // * tinyint // // * smallint // // * decimal // // If an invalid type is encountered, an exception is thrown. // // The following list shows the valid operators on each type. When you define // a crawler, the partitionKey type is created as a STRING, to be compatible // with the catalog partitions. // // Sample API Call: Expression *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is not the first call to retrieve these partitions. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // The segment of the table's partitions to scan in this request. Segment *Segment `type:"structure"` // The name of the partitions' table. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetPartitionsInput) String ¶
func (s GetPartitionsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetPartitionsInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetPartitionsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetPartitionsOutput ¶
type GetPartitionsOutput struct { // A continuation token, if the returned list of partitions does not include // the last one. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A list of requested partitions. Partitions []Partition `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetPartitionsOutput) String ¶
func (s GetPartitionsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetPartitionsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetPartitionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetPartitionsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetPartitionsPaginator(req GetPartitionsRequest) GetPartitionsPaginator
NewGetPartitionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetPartitions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetPartitionsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetPartitionsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetPartitionsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetPartitionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetPartitionsOutput
type GetPartitionsRequest ¶
type GetPartitionsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetPartitionsInput Copy func(*GetPartitionsInput) GetPartitionsRequest }
GetPartitionsRequest is the request type for the GetPartitions API operation.
func (GetPartitionsRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetPartitionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetPartitionsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetPartitions API request.
type GetPartitionsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetPartitionsResponse struct { *GetPartitionsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetPartitionsResponse is the response type for the GetPartitions API operation.
func (*GetPartitionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetPartitionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetPartitions request.
type GetPlanInput ¶
type GetPlanInput struct { // The programming language of the code to perform the mapping. Language Language `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The parameters for the mapping. Location *Location `type:"structure"` // The list of mappings from a source table to target tables. // // Mapping is a required field Mapping []MappingEntry `type:"list" required:"true"` // The target tables. Sinks []CatalogEntry `type:"list"` // The source table. // // Source is a required field Source *CatalogEntry `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetPlanInput) String ¶
func (s GetPlanInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetPlanInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetPlanInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetPlanOutput ¶
type GetPlanOutput struct { // A Python script to perform the mapping. PythonScript *string `type:"string"` // The Scala code to perform the mapping. ScalaCode *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetPlanOutput) String ¶
func (s GetPlanOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetPlanRequest ¶
type GetPlanRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetPlanInput Copy func(*GetPlanInput) GetPlanRequest }
GetPlanRequest is the request type for the GetPlan API operation.
func (GetPlanRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetPlanRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetPlanResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetPlan API request.
type GetPlanResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetPlanResponse struct { *GetPlanOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetPlanResponse is the response type for the GetPlan API operation.
func (*GetPlanResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetPlanResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetPlan request.
type GetResourcePolicyInput ¶ added in v0.6.0
type GetResourcePolicyInput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (GetResourcePolicyInput) String ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (s GetResourcePolicyInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetResourcePolicyOutput ¶ added in v0.6.0
type GetResourcePolicyOutput struct { // The date and time at which the policy was created. CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // Contains the hash value associated with this policy. PolicyHash *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Contains the requested policy document, in JSON format. PolicyInJson *string `min:"2" type:"string"` // The date and time at which the policy was last updated. UpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetResourcePolicyOutput) String ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (s GetResourcePolicyOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetResourcePolicyRequest ¶ added in v0.6.0
type GetResourcePolicyRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetResourcePolicyInput Copy func(*GetResourcePolicyInput) GetResourcePolicyRequest }
GetResourcePolicyRequest is the request type for the GetResourcePolicy API operation.
func (GetResourcePolicyRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (r GetResourcePolicyRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetResourcePolicyResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetResourcePolicy API request.
type GetResourcePolicyResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetResourcePolicyResponse struct { *GetResourcePolicyOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetResourcePolicyResponse is the response type for the GetResourcePolicy API operation.
func (*GetResourcePolicyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetResourcePolicyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetResourcePolicy request.
type GetSecurityConfigurationInput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type GetSecurityConfigurationInput struct { // The name of the security configuration to retrieve. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetSecurityConfigurationInput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetSecurityConfigurationOutput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type GetSecurityConfigurationOutput struct { // The requested security configuration. SecurityConfiguration *SecurityConfiguration `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetSecurityConfigurationRequest ¶ added in v0.5.0
type GetSecurityConfigurationRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetSecurityConfigurationInput Copy func(*GetSecurityConfigurationInput) GetSecurityConfigurationRequest }
GetSecurityConfigurationRequest is the request type for the GetSecurityConfiguration API operation.
func (GetSecurityConfigurationRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (r GetSecurityConfigurationRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetSecurityConfigurationResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetSecurityConfiguration API request.
type GetSecurityConfigurationResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetSecurityConfigurationResponse struct { *GetSecurityConfigurationOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetSecurityConfigurationResponse is the response type for the GetSecurityConfiguration API operation.
func (*GetSecurityConfigurationResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetSecurityConfigurationResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetSecurityConfiguration request.
type GetSecurityConfigurationsInput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type GetSecurityConfigurationsInput struct { // The maximum number of results to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput struct { // A continuation token, if there are more security configurations to return. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A list of security configurations. SecurityConfigurations []SecurityConfiguration `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator(req GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest) GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator
NewGetSecurityConfigurationsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetSecurityConfigurations. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetSecurityConfigurationsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput
type GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest ¶ added in v0.5.0
type GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput Copy func(*GetSecurityConfigurationsInput) GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest }
GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest is the request type for the GetSecurityConfigurations API operation.
func (GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (r GetSecurityConfigurationsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetSecurityConfigurationsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetSecurityConfigurations API request.
type GetSecurityConfigurationsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetSecurityConfigurationsResponse struct { *GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetSecurityConfigurationsResponse is the response type for the GetSecurityConfigurations API operation.
func (*GetSecurityConfigurationsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetSecurityConfigurationsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetSecurityConfigurations request.
type GetTableInput ¶
type GetTableInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive // compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the table for which to retrieve the definition. For Hive compatibility, // this name is entirely lowercase. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTableInput) String ¶
func (s GetTableInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetTableInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetTableInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetTableOutput ¶
type GetTableOutput struct { // The Table object that defines the specified table. Table *Table `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTableOutput) String ¶
func (s GetTableOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetTableRequest ¶
type GetTableRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetTableInput Copy func(*GetTableInput) GetTableRequest }
GetTableRequest is the request type for the GetTable API operation.
func (GetTableRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetTableRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetTableResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetTable API request.
type GetTableResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetTableResponse struct { *GetTableOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetTableResponse is the response type for the GetTable API operation.
func (*GetTableResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetTableResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetTable request.
type GetTableVersionInput ¶ added in v0.3.0
type GetTableVersionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, // this name is entirely lowercase. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID value of the table version to be retrieved. A VersionID is a string // representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1. VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTableVersionInput) String ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s GetTableVersionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetTableVersionInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s *GetTableVersionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetTableVersionOutput ¶ added in v0.3.0
type GetTableVersionOutput struct { // The requested table version. TableVersion *TableVersion `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTableVersionOutput) String ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s GetTableVersionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetTableVersionRequest ¶ added in v0.3.0
type GetTableVersionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetTableVersionInput Copy func(*GetTableVersionInput) GetTableVersionRequest }
GetTableVersionRequest is the request type for the GetTableVersion API operation.
func (GetTableVersionRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (r GetTableVersionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetTableVersionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetTableVersion API request.
type GetTableVersionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetTableVersionResponse struct { *GetTableVersionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetTableVersionResponse is the response type for the GetTableVersion API operation.
func (*GetTableVersionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetTableVersionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetTableVersion request.
type GetTableVersionsInput ¶
type GetTableVersionsInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, // this name is entirely lowercase. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The maximum number of table versions to return in one response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is not the first call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTableVersionsInput) String ¶
func (s GetTableVersionsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetTableVersionsInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetTableVersionsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetTableVersionsOutput ¶
type GetTableVersionsOutput struct { // A continuation token, if the list of available versions does not include // the last one. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A list of strings identifying available versions of the specified table. TableVersions []TableVersion `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTableVersionsOutput) String ¶
func (s GetTableVersionsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetTableVersionsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetTableVersionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetTableVersionsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetTableVersionsPaginator(req GetTableVersionsRequest) GetTableVersionsPaginator
NewGetTableVersionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetTableVersions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetTableVersionsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetTableVersionsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetTableVersionsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetTableVersionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetTableVersionsOutput
type GetTableVersionsRequest ¶
type GetTableVersionsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetTableVersionsInput Copy func(*GetTableVersionsInput) GetTableVersionsRequest }
GetTableVersionsRequest is the request type for the GetTableVersions API operation.
func (GetTableVersionsRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetTableVersionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetTableVersionsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetTableVersions API request.
type GetTableVersionsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetTableVersionsResponse struct { *GetTableVersionsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetTableVersionsResponse is the response type for the GetTableVersions API operation.
func (*GetTableVersionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetTableVersionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetTableVersions request.
type GetTablesInput ¶
type GetTablesInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The database in the catalog whose tables to list. For Hive compatibility, // this name is entirely lowercase. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A regular expression pattern. If present, only those tables whose names match // the pattern are returned. Expression *string `type:"string"` // The maximum number of tables to return in a single response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTablesInput) String ¶
func (s GetTablesInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetTablesInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetTablesInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetTablesOutput ¶
type GetTablesOutput struct { // A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A list of the requested Table objects. TableList []Table `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTablesOutput) String ¶
func (s GetTablesOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetTablesPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetTablesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetTablesPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetTablesPaginator(req GetTablesRequest) GetTablesPaginator
NewGetTablesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetTables. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetTablesRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetTablesRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetTablesPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetTablesPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetTablesOutput
type GetTablesRequest ¶
type GetTablesRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetTablesInput Copy func(*GetTablesInput) GetTablesRequest }
GetTablesRequest is the request type for the GetTables API operation.
func (GetTablesRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetTablesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetTablesResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetTables API request.
type GetTablesResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetTablesResponse struct { *GetTablesOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetTablesResponse is the response type for the GetTables API operation.
func (*GetTablesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetTablesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetTables request.
type GetTagsInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type GetTagsInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which to retrieve tags. // // ResourceArn is a required field ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTagsInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s GetTagsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetTagsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *GetTagsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetTagsOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type GetTagsOutput struct { // The requested tags. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTagsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s GetTagsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetTagsRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type GetTagsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetTagsInput Copy func(*GetTagsInput) GetTagsRequest }
GetTagsRequest is the request type for the GetTags API operation.
func (GetTagsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r GetTagsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetTagsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetTags API request.
type GetTagsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetTagsResponse struct { *GetTagsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetTagsResponse is the response type for the GetTags API operation.
func (*GetTagsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetTagsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetTags request.
type GetTriggerInput ¶
type GetTriggerInput struct { // The name of the trigger to retrieve. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTriggerInput) String ¶
func (s GetTriggerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetTriggerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetTriggerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetTriggerOutput ¶
type GetTriggerOutput struct { // The requested trigger definition. Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTriggerOutput) String ¶
func (s GetTriggerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetTriggerRequest ¶
type GetTriggerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetTriggerInput Copy func(*GetTriggerInput) GetTriggerRequest }
GetTriggerRequest is the request type for the GetTrigger API operation.
func (GetTriggerRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetTriggerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetTriggerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetTrigger API request.
type GetTriggerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetTriggerResponse struct { *GetTriggerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetTriggerResponse is the response type for the GetTrigger API operation.
func (*GetTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetTrigger request.
type GetTriggersInput ¶
type GetTriggersInput struct { // The name of the job to retrieve triggers for. The trigger that can start // this job is returned, and if there is no such trigger, all triggers are returned. DependentJobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The maximum size of the response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTriggersInput) String ¶
func (s GetTriggersInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetTriggersInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetTriggersInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetTriggersOutput ¶
type GetTriggersOutput struct { // A continuation token, if not all the requested triggers have yet been returned. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A list of triggers for the specified job. Triggers []Trigger `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetTriggersOutput) String ¶
func (s GetTriggersOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetTriggersPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetTriggersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetTriggersPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetTriggersPaginator(req GetTriggersRequest) GetTriggersPaginator
NewGetTriggersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetTriggers. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetTriggersRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetTriggersRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetTriggersPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetTriggersPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetTriggersOutput
type GetTriggersRequest ¶
type GetTriggersRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetTriggersInput Copy func(*GetTriggersInput) GetTriggersRequest }
GetTriggersRequest is the request type for the GetTriggers API operation.
func (GetTriggersRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetTriggersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetTriggersResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetTriggers API request.
type GetTriggersResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetTriggersResponse struct { *GetTriggersOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetTriggersResponse is the response type for the GetTriggers API operation.
func (*GetTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetTriggers request.
type GetUserDefinedFunctionInput ¶
type GetUserDefinedFunctionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be retrieved is located. // If none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database where the function is located. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the function. // // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) String ¶
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput ¶
type GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct { // The requested function definition. UserDefinedFunction *UserDefinedFunction `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String ¶
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest ¶
type GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput Copy func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionInput) GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest }
GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest is the request type for the GetUserDefinedFunction API operation.
func (GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetUserDefinedFunctionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetUserDefinedFunction API request.
type GetUserDefinedFunctionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetUserDefinedFunctionResponse struct { *GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetUserDefinedFunctionResponse is the response type for the GetUserDefinedFunction API operation.
func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetUserDefinedFunctionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetUserDefinedFunction request.
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput ¶
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the functions to be retrieved are located. // If none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database where the functions are located. DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The maximum number of functions to return in one response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // An optional function-name pattern string that filters the function definitions // returned. // // Pattern is a required field Pattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) String ¶
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput ¶
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput struct { // A continuation token, if the list of functions returned does not include // the last requested function. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A list of requested function definitions. UserDefinedFunctions []UserDefinedFunction `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) String ¶
func (s GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewGetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator(req GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest) GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator
NewGetUserDefinedFunctionsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetUserDefinedFunctions. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetUserDefinedFunctionsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest ¶
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput Copy func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput) GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest }
GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest is the request type for the GetUserDefinedFunctions API operation.
func (GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetUserDefinedFunctionsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetUserDefinedFunctions API request.
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type GetUserDefinedFunctionsResponse struct { *GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetUserDefinedFunctionsResponse is the response type for the GetUserDefinedFunctions API operation.
func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *GetUserDefinedFunctionsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetUserDefinedFunctions request.
type GetWorkflowInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowInput struct { // Specifies whether to include a graph when returning the workflow resource // metadata. IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"` // The name of the workflow to retrieve. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetWorkflowInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s GetWorkflowInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetWorkflowInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *GetWorkflowInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetWorkflowOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowOutput struct { // The resource metadata for the workflow. Workflow *Workflow `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetWorkflowOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s GetWorkflowOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetWorkflowRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetWorkflowInput Copy func(*GetWorkflowInput) GetWorkflowRequest }
GetWorkflowRequest is the request type for the GetWorkflow API operation.
func (GetWorkflowRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r GetWorkflowRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetWorkflowResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetWorkflow API request.
type GetWorkflowResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowResponse struct { *GetWorkflowOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetWorkflowResponse is the response type for the GetWorkflow API operation.
func (*GetWorkflowResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *GetWorkflowResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetWorkflow request.
type GetWorkflowRunInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunInput struct { // Specifies whether to include the workflow graph in response or not. IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"` // Name of the workflow being run. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the workflow run. // // RunId is a required field RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetWorkflowRunInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s GetWorkflowRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetWorkflowRunInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *GetWorkflowRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetWorkflowRunOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunOutput struct { // The requested workflow run metadata. Run *WorkflowRun `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetWorkflowRunOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s GetWorkflowRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput struct { // Name of the workflow which was run. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the workflow run whose run properties should be returned. // // RunId is a required field RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput struct { // The workflow run properties which were set during the specified run. RunProperties map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput Copy func(*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest }
GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest is the request type for the GetWorkflowRunProperties API operation.
func (GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r GetWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetWorkflowRunProperties API request.
type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse struct { *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse is the response type for the GetWorkflowRunProperties API operation.
func (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetWorkflowRunProperties request.
type GetWorkflowRunRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetWorkflowRunInput Copy func(*GetWorkflowRunInput) GetWorkflowRunRequest }
GetWorkflowRunRequest is the request type for the GetWorkflowRun API operation.
func (GetWorkflowRunRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r GetWorkflowRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetWorkflowRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetWorkflowRun API request.
type GetWorkflowRunResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunResponse struct { *GetWorkflowRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetWorkflowRunResponse is the response type for the GetWorkflowRun API operation.
func (*GetWorkflowRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *GetWorkflowRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetWorkflowRun request.
type GetWorkflowRunsInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunsInput struct { // Specifies whether to include the workflow graph in response or not. IncludeGraph *bool `type:"boolean"` // The maximum number of workflow runs to be included in the response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // Name of the workflow whose metadata of runs should be returned. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The maximum size of the response. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetWorkflowRunsInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s GetWorkflowRunsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetWorkflowRunsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *GetWorkflowRunsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetWorkflowRunsOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunsOutput struct { // A continuation token, if not all requested workflow runs have been returned. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A list of workflow run metadata objects. Runs []WorkflowRun `min:"1" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (GetWorkflowRunsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s GetWorkflowRunsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetWorkflowRunsPaginator ¶ added in v0.10.0
GetWorkflowRunsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewGetWorkflowRunsPaginator ¶ added in v0.10.0
func NewGetWorkflowRunsPaginator(req GetWorkflowRunsRequest) GetWorkflowRunsPaginator
NewGetWorkflowRunsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for GetWorkflowRuns. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.GetWorkflowRunsRequest(input) p := glue.NewGetWorkflowRunsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*GetWorkflowRunsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (p *GetWorkflowRunsPaginator) CurrentPage() *GetWorkflowRunsOutput
type GetWorkflowRunsRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetWorkflowRunsInput Copy func(*GetWorkflowRunsInput) GetWorkflowRunsRequest }
GetWorkflowRunsRequest is the request type for the GetWorkflowRuns API operation.
func (GetWorkflowRunsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r GetWorkflowRunsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetWorkflowRunsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetWorkflowRuns API request.
type GetWorkflowRunsResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type GetWorkflowRunsResponse struct { *GetWorkflowRunsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
GetWorkflowRunsResponse is the response type for the GetWorkflowRuns API operation.
func (*GetWorkflowRunsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *GetWorkflowRunsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetWorkflowRuns request.
type GlueTable ¶ added in v0.11.0
type GlueTable struct { // A unique identifier for the AWS Glue Data Catalog. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the connection to the AWS Glue Data Catalog. ConnectionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A database name in the AWS Glue Data Catalog. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A table name in the AWS Glue Data Catalog. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The database and table in the AWS Glue Data Catalog that is used for input or output data.
type GrokClassifier ¶
type GrokClassifier struct { // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter, // JSON, Omniture logs, and so on. // // Classification is a required field Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The time that this classifier was registered. CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // Optional custom grok patterns defined by this classifier. For more information, // see custom patterns in Writing Custom Classifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html). CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"` // The grok pattern applied to a data store by this classifier. For more information, // see built-in patterns in Writing Custom Classifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html). // // GrokPattern is a required field GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The time that this classifier was last updated. LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The version of this classifier. Version *int64 `type:"long"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A classifier that uses grok patterns.
func (GrokClassifier) String ¶
func (s GrokClassifier) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ImportCatalogToGlueInput ¶
type ImportCatalogToGlueInput struct { // The ID of the catalog to import. Currently, this should be the AWS account // ID. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ImportCatalogToGlueInput) String ¶
func (s ImportCatalogToGlueInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ImportCatalogToGlueInput) Validate ¶
func (s *ImportCatalogToGlueInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type ImportCatalogToGlueOutput ¶
type ImportCatalogToGlueOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) String ¶
func (s ImportCatalogToGlueOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ImportCatalogToGlueRequest ¶
type ImportCatalogToGlueRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ImportCatalogToGlueInput Copy func(*ImportCatalogToGlueInput) ImportCatalogToGlueRequest }
ImportCatalogToGlueRequest is the request type for the ImportCatalogToGlue API operation.
func (ImportCatalogToGlueRequest) Send ¶
func (r ImportCatalogToGlueRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ImportCatalogToGlueResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the ImportCatalogToGlue API request.
type ImportCatalogToGlueResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type ImportCatalogToGlueResponse struct { *ImportCatalogToGlueOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
ImportCatalogToGlueResponse is the response type for the ImportCatalogToGlue API operation.
func (*ImportCatalogToGlueResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *ImportCatalogToGlueResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ImportCatalogToGlue request.
type ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties ¶ added in v0.11.0
type ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties struct { // The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path from where you will import // the labels. InputS3Path *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether to overwrite your existing labels. Replace *bool `type:"boolean"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies configuration properties for an importing labels task run.
func (ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties) String() string
String returns the string representation
type JdbcTarget ¶
type JdbcTarget struct { // The name of the connection to use to connect to the JDBC target. ConnectionName *string `type:"string"` // A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information, // see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html). Exclusions []string `type:"list"` // The path of the JDBC target. Path *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a JDBC data store to crawl.
func (JdbcTarget) String ¶
func (s JdbcTarget) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Job ¶
type Job struct { // This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead. // // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) allocated to runs of // this job. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is // a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute // capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing // page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"` // The JobCommand that executes this job. Command *JobCommand `type:"structure"` // The connections used for this job. Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"` // The time and date that this job definition was created. CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The default arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs. // // You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, // as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes. // // For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments, // see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html) // topic in the developer guide. // // For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up // your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html) // topic in the developer guide. DefaultArguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // A description of the job. Description *string `type:"string"` // An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed // for this job. ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"` // Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS // Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs // of type Spark. // // For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding // Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html) // in the developer guide. // // Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The last point in time when this job definition was modified. LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // This field is reserved for future use. LogUri *string `type:"string"` // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated // when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that // consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, // see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). // // Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers. // // The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are // running a Python shell job or an Apache Spark ETL job: // // * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"), // you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU. // // * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl"), // you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job // type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation. MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"` // The maximum number of times to retry this job after a JobRun fails. MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name you assign to this job definition. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Non-overridable arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs. NonOverridableArguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // Specifies configuration properties of a job notification. NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job // runs. // // The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for // G.2X. NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this // job. Role *string `type:"string"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job. SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume // resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default // is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts // a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend // this worker type for memory-intensive jobs. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of // memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend // this worker type for memory-intensive jobs. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a job definition.
type JobBookmarkEntry ¶
type JobBookmarkEntry struct { // The attempt ID number. Attempt *int64 `type:"integer"` // The bookmark itself. JobBookmark *string `type:"string"` // The name of the job in question. JobName *string `type:"string"` // The unique run identifier associated with the previous job run. PreviousRunId *string `type:"string"` // The run ID number. Run *int64 `type:"integer"` // The run ID number. RunId *string `type:"string"` // The version of the job. Version *int64 `type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Defines a point that a job can resume processing.
func (JobBookmarkEntry) String ¶
func (s JobBookmarkEntry) String() string
String returns the string representation
type JobBookmarksEncryption ¶ added in v0.5.0
type JobBookmarksEncryption struct { // The encryption mode to use for job bookmarks data. JobBookmarksEncryptionMode JobBookmarksEncryptionMode `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to be used to encrypt the data. KmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies how job bookmark data should be encrypted.
func (JobBookmarksEncryption) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s JobBookmarksEncryption) String() string
String returns the string representation
type JobBookmarksEncryptionMode ¶ added in v0.5.0
type JobBookmarksEncryptionMode string
const ( JobBookmarksEncryptionModeDisabled JobBookmarksEncryptionMode = "DISABLED" JobBookmarksEncryptionModeCseKms JobBookmarksEncryptionMode = "CSE-KMS" )
Enum values for JobBookmarksEncryptionMode
func (JobBookmarksEncryptionMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (enum JobBookmarksEncryptionMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (JobBookmarksEncryptionMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (enum JobBookmarksEncryptionMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type JobCommand ¶
type JobCommand struct { // The name of the job command. For an Apache Spark ETL job, this must be glueetl. // For a Python shell job, it must be pythonshell. Name *string `type:"string"` // The Python version being used to execute a Python shell job. Allowed values // are 2 or 3. PythonVersion *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path to a script // that executes a job. ScriptLocation *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies code executed when a job is run.
func (JobCommand) String ¶
func (s JobCommand) String() string
String returns the string representation
type JobNodeDetails ¶ added in v0.10.0
type JobNodeDetails struct { // The information for the job runs represented by the job node. JobRuns []JobRun `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The details of a Job node present in the workflow.
func (JobNodeDetails) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s JobNodeDetails) String() string
String returns the string representation
type JobRun ¶
type JobRun struct { // This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead. // // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) allocated to this JobRun. // From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative // measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity // and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page // (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"` // The job arguments associated with this run. For this job run, they replace // the default arguments set in the job definition itself. // // You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, // as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes. // // For information about how to specify and consume your own job arguments, // see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html) // topic in the developer guide. // // For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up // your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html) // topic in the developer guide. Arguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // The number of the attempt to run this job. Attempt *int64 `type:"integer"` // The date and time that this job run completed. CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // An error message associated with this job run. ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"` // The amount of time (in seconds) that the job run consumed resources. ExecutionTime *int64 `type:"integer"` // Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS // Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs // of type Spark. // // For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding // Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html) // in the developer guide. // // Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The ID of this job run. Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the job definition being used in this run. JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The current state of the job run. JobRunState JobRunState `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The last time that this job run was modified. LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the log group for secure logging that can be server-side encrypted // in Amazon CloudWatch using AWS KMS. This name can be /aws-glue/jobs/, in // which case the default encryption is NONE. If you add a role name and SecurityConfiguration // name (in other words, /aws-glue/jobs-yourRoleName-yourSecurityConfigurationName/), // then that security configuration is used to encrypt the log group. LogGroupName *string `type:"string"` // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated // when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that // consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, // see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https:/aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). // // Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers. // // The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are // running a Python shell job or an Apache Spark ETL job: // // * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"), // you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU. // // * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl"), // you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job // type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation. MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"` // Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification. NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job // runs. // // The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for // G.2X. NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // A list of predecessors to this job run. PredecessorRuns []Predecessor `type:"list"` // The ID of the previous run of this job. For example, the JobRunId specified // in the StartJobRun action. PreviousRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job // run. SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The date and time at which this job run was started. StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can // consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The // default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). This overrides the timeout value set // in the parent job. Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // The name of the trigger that started this job run. TriggerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts // a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory // and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory // and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Contains information about a job run.
type JobRunState ¶
type JobRunState string
const ( JobRunStateStarting JobRunState = "STARTING" JobRunStateRunning JobRunState = "RUNNING" JobRunStateStopping JobRunState = "STOPPING" JobRunStateStopped JobRunState = "STOPPED" JobRunStateSucceeded JobRunState = "SUCCEEDED" JobRunStateFailed JobRunState = "FAILED" JobRunStateTimeout JobRunState = "TIMEOUT" )
Enum values for JobRunState
func (JobRunState) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum JobRunState) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (JobRunState) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum JobRunState) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type JobUpdate ¶
type JobUpdate struct { // This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead. // // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this job. // You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative // measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity // and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page // (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"` // The JobCommand that executes this job (required). Command *JobCommand `type:"structure"` // The connections used for this job. Connections *ConnectionsList `type:"structure"` // The default arguments for this job. // // You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, // as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes. // // For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments, // see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html) // topic in the developer guide. // // For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up // your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html) // topic in the developer guide. DefaultArguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // Description of the job being defined. Description *string `type:"string"` // An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed // for this job. ExecutionProperty *ExecutionProperty `type:"structure"` // Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that AWS // Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs // of type Spark. // // For more information about the available AWS Glue versions and corresponding // Spark and Python versions, see Glue version (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html) // in the developer guide. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // This field is reserved for future use. LogUri *string `type:"string"` // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated // when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that // consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, // see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). // // Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers. // // The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are // running a Python shell job or an Apache Spark ETL job: // // * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"), // you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU. // // * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl"), // you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job // type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation. MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"` // The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails. MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` // Non-overridable arguments for this job, specified as name-value pairs. NonOverridableArguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // Specifies the configuration properties of a job notification. NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job // runs. // // The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for // G.2X. NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this // job (required). Role *string `type:"string"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job. SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume // resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default // is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts // a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend // this worker type for memory-intensive jobs. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of // memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend // this worker type for memory-intensive jobs. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies information used to update an existing job definition. The previous job definition is completely overwritten by this information.
type JsonClassifier ¶ added in v0.3.0
type JsonClassifier struct { // The time that this classifier was registered. CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify. // AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath // Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json). // // JsonPath is a required field JsonPath *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The time that this classifier was last updated. LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The version of this classifier. Version *int64 `type:"long"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A classifier for JSON content.
func (JsonClassifier) String ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s JsonClassifier) String() string
String returns the string representation
type LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties ¶ added in v0.11.0
type LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties struct { // The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you will generate // the labeling set. OutputS3Path *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies configuration properties for a labeling set generation task run.
func (LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Language ¶ added in v0.2.0
type Language string
Enum values for Language
func (Language) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
type LastCrawlInfo ¶
type LastCrawlInfo struct { // If an error occurred, the error information about the last crawl. ErrorMessage *string `type:"string"` // The log group for the last crawl. LogGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The log stream for the last crawl. LogStream *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The prefix for a message about this crawl. MessagePrefix *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The time at which the crawl started. StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // Status of the last crawl. Status LastCrawlStatus `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Status and error information about the most recent crawl.
func (LastCrawlInfo) String ¶
func (s LastCrawlInfo) String() string
String returns the string representation
type LastCrawlStatus ¶
type LastCrawlStatus string
const ( LastCrawlStatusSucceeded LastCrawlStatus = "SUCCEEDED" LastCrawlStatusCancelled LastCrawlStatus = "CANCELLED" LastCrawlStatusFailed LastCrawlStatus = "FAILED" )
Enum values for LastCrawlStatus
func (LastCrawlStatus) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum LastCrawlStatus) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (LastCrawlStatus) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum LastCrawlStatus) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ListCrawlersInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListCrawlersInput struct { // The maximum size of a list to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation request. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // Specifies to return only these tagged resources. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListCrawlersInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s ListCrawlersInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ListCrawlersInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *ListCrawlersInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type ListCrawlersOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListCrawlersOutput struct { // The names of all crawlers in the account, or the crawlers with the specified // tags. CrawlerNames []string `type:"list"` // A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric // available. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListCrawlersOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s ListCrawlersOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListCrawlersPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
ListCrawlersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewListCrawlersPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewListCrawlersPaginator(req ListCrawlersRequest) ListCrawlersPaginator
NewListCrawlersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListCrawlers. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.ListCrawlersRequest(input) p := glue.NewListCrawlersRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*ListCrawlersPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *ListCrawlersPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListCrawlersOutput
type ListCrawlersRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListCrawlersRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ListCrawlersInput Copy func(*ListCrawlersInput) ListCrawlersRequest }
ListCrawlersRequest is the request type for the ListCrawlers API operation.
func (ListCrawlersRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r ListCrawlersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListCrawlersResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the ListCrawlers API request.
type ListCrawlersResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type ListCrawlersResponse struct { *ListCrawlersOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
ListCrawlersResponse is the response type for the ListCrawlers API operation.
func (*ListCrawlersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *ListCrawlersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListCrawlers request.
type ListDevEndpointsInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListDevEndpointsInput struct { // The maximum size of a list to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation request. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // Specifies to return only these tagged resources. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListDevEndpointsInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s ListDevEndpointsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ListDevEndpointsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *ListDevEndpointsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type ListDevEndpointsOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListDevEndpointsOutput struct { // The names of all the DevEndpoints in the account, or the DevEndpoints with // the specified tags. DevEndpointNames []string `type:"list"` // A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric // available. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListDevEndpointsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s ListDevEndpointsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListDevEndpointsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
ListDevEndpointsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewListDevEndpointsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewListDevEndpointsPaginator(req ListDevEndpointsRequest) ListDevEndpointsPaginator
NewListDevEndpointsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListDevEndpoints. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.ListDevEndpointsRequest(input) p := glue.NewListDevEndpointsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*ListDevEndpointsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *ListDevEndpointsPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListDevEndpointsOutput
type ListDevEndpointsRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListDevEndpointsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ListDevEndpointsInput Copy func(*ListDevEndpointsInput) ListDevEndpointsRequest }
ListDevEndpointsRequest is the request type for the ListDevEndpoints API operation.
func (ListDevEndpointsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r ListDevEndpointsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListDevEndpointsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the ListDevEndpoints API request.
type ListDevEndpointsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type ListDevEndpointsResponse struct { *ListDevEndpointsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
ListDevEndpointsResponse is the response type for the ListDevEndpoints API operation.
func (*ListDevEndpointsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *ListDevEndpointsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListDevEndpoints request.
type ListJobsInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListJobsInput struct { // The maximum size of a list to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation request. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // Specifies to return only these tagged resources. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListJobsInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s ListJobsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ListJobsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *ListJobsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type ListJobsOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListJobsOutput struct { // The names of all jobs in the account, or the jobs with the specified tags. JobNames []string `type:"list"` // A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric // available. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListJobsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s ListJobsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListJobsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
ListJobsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewListJobsPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewListJobsPaginator(req ListJobsRequest) ListJobsPaginator
NewListJobsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListJobs. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.ListJobsRequest(input) p := glue.NewListJobsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*ListJobsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *ListJobsPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListJobsOutput
type ListJobsRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListJobsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ListJobsInput Copy func(*ListJobsInput) ListJobsRequest }
ListJobsRequest is the request type for the ListJobs API operation.
func (ListJobsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r ListJobsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListJobsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the ListJobs API request.
type ListJobsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type ListJobsResponse struct { *ListJobsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
ListJobsResponse is the response type for the ListJobs API operation.
func (*ListJobsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *ListJobsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListJobs request.
type ListMLTransformsInput ¶ added in v0.20.0
type ListMLTransformsInput struct { // A TransformFilterCriteria used to filter the machine learning transforms. Filter *TransformFilterCriteria `type:"structure"` // The maximum size of a list to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation request. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A TransformSortCriteria used to sort the machine learning transforms. Sort *TransformSortCriteria `type:"structure"` // Specifies to return only these tagged resources. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListMLTransformsInput) String ¶ added in v0.20.0
func (s ListMLTransformsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ListMLTransformsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.20.0
func (s *ListMLTransformsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type ListMLTransformsOutput ¶ added in v0.20.0
type ListMLTransformsOutput struct { // A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric // available. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // The identifiers of all the machine learning transforms in the account, or // the machine learning transforms with the specified tags. // // TransformIds is a required field TransformIds []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListMLTransformsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.20.0
func (s ListMLTransformsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListMLTransformsPaginator ¶ added in v0.20.0
ListMLTransformsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewListMLTransformsPaginator ¶ added in v0.20.0
func NewListMLTransformsPaginator(req ListMLTransformsRequest) ListMLTransformsPaginator
NewListMLTransformsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListMLTransforms. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.ListMLTransformsRequest(input) p := glue.NewListMLTransformsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*ListMLTransformsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.20.0
func (p *ListMLTransformsPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListMLTransformsOutput
type ListMLTransformsRequest ¶ added in v0.20.0
type ListMLTransformsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ListMLTransformsInput Copy func(*ListMLTransformsInput) ListMLTransformsRequest }
ListMLTransformsRequest is the request type for the ListMLTransforms API operation.
func (ListMLTransformsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.20.0
func (r ListMLTransformsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListMLTransformsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the ListMLTransforms API request.
type ListMLTransformsResponse ¶ added in v0.20.0
type ListMLTransformsResponse struct { *ListMLTransformsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
ListMLTransformsResponse is the response type for the ListMLTransforms API operation.
func (*ListMLTransformsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.20.0
func (r *ListMLTransformsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListMLTransforms request.
type ListTriggersInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListTriggersInput struct { // The name of the job for which to retrieve triggers. The trigger that can // start this job is returned. If there is no such trigger, all triggers are // returned. DependentJobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The maximum size of a list to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation request. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // Specifies to return only these tagged resources. Tags map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListTriggersInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s ListTriggersInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ListTriggersInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *ListTriggersInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type ListTriggersOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListTriggersOutput struct { // A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric // available. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // The names of all triggers in the account, or the triggers with the specified // tags. TriggerNames []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListTriggersOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s ListTriggersOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListTriggersPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
ListTriggersPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewListTriggersPaginator ¶ added in v0.9.0
func NewListTriggersPaginator(req ListTriggersRequest) ListTriggersPaginator
NewListTriggersRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListTriggers. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.ListTriggersRequest(input) p := glue.NewListTriggersRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*ListTriggersPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (p *ListTriggersPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListTriggersOutput
type ListTriggersRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type ListTriggersRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ListTriggersInput Copy func(*ListTriggersInput) ListTriggersRequest }
ListTriggersRequest is the request type for the ListTriggers API operation.
func (ListTriggersRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r ListTriggersRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListTriggersResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the ListTriggers API request.
type ListTriggersResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type ListTriggersResponse struct { *ListTriggersOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
ListTriggersResponse is the response type for the ListTriggers API operation.
func (*ListTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *ListTriggersResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListTriggers request.
type ListWorkflowsInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type ListWorkflowsInput struct { // The maximum size of a list to return. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, if this is a continuation request. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListWorkflowsInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s ListWorkflowsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ListWorkflowsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *ListWorkflowsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type ListWorkflowsOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type ListWorkflowsOutput struct { // A continuation token, if not all workflow names have been returned. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // List of names of workflows in the account. Workflows []string `min:"1" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ListWorkflowsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s ListWorkflowsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListWorkflowsPaginator ¶ added in v0.10.0
ListWorkflowsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewListWorkflowsPaginator ¶ added in v0.10.0
func NewListWorkflowsPaginator(req ListWorkflowsRequest) ListWorkflowsPaginator
NewListWorkflowsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListWorkflows. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.ListWorkflowsRequest(input) p := glue.NewListWorkflowsRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*ListWorkflowsPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (p *ListWorkflowsPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListWorkflowsOutput
type ListWorkflowsRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type ListWorkflowsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ListWorkflowsInput Copy func(*ListWorkflowsInput) ListWorkflowsRequest }
ListWorkflowsRequest is the request type for the ListWorkflows API operation.
func (ListWorkflowsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r ListWorkflowsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListWorkflowsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the ListWorkflows API request.
type ListWorkflowsResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type ListWorkflowsResponse struct { *ListWorkflowsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
ListWorkflowsResponse is the response type for the ListWorkflows API operation.
func (*ListWorkflowsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *ListWorkflowsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListWorkflows request.
type Location ¶
type Location struct { // An Amazon DynamoDB table location. DynamoDB []CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"` // A JDBC location. Jdbc []CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"` // An Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) location. S3 []CodeGenNodeArg `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The location of resources.
type LogicalOperator ¶
type LogicalOperator string
const (
LogicalOperatorEquals LogicalOperator = "EQUALS"
)
Enum values for LogicalOperator
func (LogicalOperator) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum LogicalOperator) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (LogicalOperator) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum LogicalOperator) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type MLTransform ¶ added in v0.11.0
type MLTransform struct { // A timestamp. The time and date that this machine learning transform was created. CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // A user-defined, long-form description text for the machine learning transform. // Descriptions are not guaranteed to be unique and can be changed at any time. Description *string `type:"string"` // An EvaluationMetrics object. Evaluation metrics provide an estimate of the // quality of your machine learning transform. EvaluationMetrics *EvaluationMetrics `type:"structure"` // This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform // is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value // is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information, // see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions) // in the developer guide. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform. InputRecordTables []GlueTable `type:"list"` // A count identifier for the labeling files generated by AWS Glue for this // transform. As you create a better transform, you can iteratively download, // label, and upload the labeling file. LabelCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // A timestamp. The last point in time when this machine learning transform // was modified. LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to // task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default // is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 // vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see // the AWS Glue pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). // // MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType. // // * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot // be set. // // * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can // be set. // // * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa). // // * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1. // // When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity // field is set automatically and becomes read-only. MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"` // The maximum number of times to retry after an MLTaskRun of the machine learning // transform fails. MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` // A user-defined name for the machine learning transform. Names are not guaranteed // unique and can be changed at any time. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a task // of the transform runs. // // If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa). NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // A TransformParameters object. You can use parameters to tune (customize) // the behavior of the machine learning transform by specifying what data it // learns from and your preference on various tradeoffs (such as precious vs. // recall, or accuracy vs. cost). Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required // permissions. The required permissions include both AWS Glue service role // permissions to AWS Glue resources, and Amazon S3 permissions required by // the transform. // // * This role needs AWS Glue service role permissions to allow access to // resources in AWS Glue. See Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access AWS // Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/attach-policy-iam-user.html). // // * This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon // S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries // used by the task run for this transform. Role *string `type:"string"` // A map of key-value pairs representing the columns and data types that this // transform can run against. Has an upper bound of 100 columns. Schema []SchemaColumn `type:"list"` // The current status of the machine learning transform. Status TransformStatusType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The timeout in minutes of the machine learning transform. Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // The unique transform ID that is generated for the machine learning transform. // The ID is guaranteed to be unique and does not change. TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a task of this transform // runs. Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory // and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory // and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. // // MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType. // // * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot // be set. // // * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can // be set. // // * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa). // // * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A structure for a machine learning transform.
func (MLTransform) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s MLTransform) String() string
String returns the string representation
type MappingEntry ¶
type MappingEntry struct { // The source path. SourcePath *string `type:"string"` // The name of the source table. SourceTable *string `type:"string"` // The source type. SourceType *string `type:"string"` // The target path. TargetPath *string `type:"string"` // The target table. TargetTable *string `type:"string"` // The target type. TargetType *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Defines a mapping.
func (MappingEntry) String ¶
func (s MappingEntry) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Node ¶ added in v0.10.0
type Node struct { // Details of the crawler when the node represents a crawler. CrawlerDetails *CrawlerNodeDetails `type:"structure"` // Details of the Job when the node represents a Job. JobDetails *JobNodeDetails `type:"structure"` // The name of the AWS Glue component represented by the node. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Details of the Trigger when the node represents a Trigger. TriggerDetails *TriggerNodeDetails `type:"structure"` // The type of AWS Glue component represented by the node. Type NodeType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The unique Id assigned to the node within the workflow. UniqueId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A node represents an AWS Glue component like Trigger, Job etc. which is part of a workflow.
type NodeType ¶ added in v0.10.0
type NodeType string
const ( NodeTypeCrawler NodeType = "CRAWLER" NodeTypeJob NodeType = "JOB" NodeTypeTrigger NodeType = "TRIGGER" )
Enum values for NodeType
func (NodeType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.10.0
type NotificationProperty ¶ added in v0.4.0
type NotificationProperty struct { // After a job run starts, the number of minutes to wait before sending a job // run delay notification. NotifyDelayAfter *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies configuration properties of a notification.
func (NotificationProperty) String ¶ added in v0.4.0
func (s NotificationProperty) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*NotificationProperty) Validate ¶ added in v0.4.0
func (s *NotificationProperty) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type Order ¶
type Order struct { // The name of the column. // // Column is a required field Column *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates that the column is sorted in ascending order (== 1), or in descending // order (==0). // // SortOrder is a required field SortOrder *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies the sort order of a sorted column.
type Partition ¶
type Partition struct { // The time at which the partition was created. CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the catalog database in which to create the partition. DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The last time at which the partition was accessed. LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The last time at which column statistics were computed for this partition. LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // These key-value pairs define partition parameters. Parameters map[string]string `type:"map"` // Provides information about the physical location where the partition is stored. StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"` // The name of the database table in which to create the partition. TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The values of the partition. Values []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Represents a slice of table data.
type PartitionError ¶
type PartitionError struct { // The details about the partition error. ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"` // The values that define the partition. PartitionValues []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Contains information about a partition error.
func (PartitionError) String ¶
func (s PartitionError) String() string
String returns the string representation
type PartitionInput ¶
type PartitionInput struct { // The last time at which the partition was accessed. LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The last time at which column statistics were computed for this partition. LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // These key-value pairs define partition parameters. Parameters map[string]string `type:"map"` // Provides information about the physical location where the partition is stored. StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"` // The values of the partition. Although this parameter is not required by the // SDK, you must specify this parameter for a valid input. // // The values for the keys for the new partition must be passed as an array // of String objects that must be ordered in the same order as the partition // keys appearing in the Amazon S3 prefix. Otherwise AWS Glue will add the values // to the wrong keys. Values []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The structure used to create and update a partition.
func (PartitionInput) String ¶
func (s PartitionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*PartitionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *PartitionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type PartitionValueList ¶
type PartitionValueList struct { // The list of values. // // Values is a required field Values []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Contains a list of values defining partitions.
func (PartitionValueList) String ¶
func (s PartitionValueList) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*PartitionValueList) Validate ¶
func (s *PartitionValueList) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type Permission ¶ added in v0.11.0
type Permission string
const ( PermissionAll Permission = "ALL" PermissionSelect Permission = "SELECT" PermissionAlter Permission = "ALTER" PermissionDrop Permission = "DROP" PermissionDelete Permission = "DELETE" PermissionInsert Permission = "INSERT" PermissionCreateDatabase Permission = "CREATE_DATABASE" PermissionCreateTable Permission = "CREATE_TABLE" PermissionDataLocationAccess Permission = "DATA_LOCATION_ACCESS" )
Enum values for Permission
func (Permission) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum Permission) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Permission) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum Permission) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type PhysicalConnectionRequirements ¶
type PhysicalConnectionRequirements struct { // The connection's Availability Zone. This field is redundant because the specified // subnet implies the Availability Zone to be used. Currently the field must // be populated, but it will be deprecated in the future. AvailabilityZone *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The security group ID list used by the connection. SecurityGroupIdList []string `type:"list"` // The subnet ID used by the connection. SubnetId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies the physical requirements for a connection.
func (PhysicalConnectionRequirements) String ¶
func (s PhysicalConnectionRequirements) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*PhysicalConnectionRequirements) Validate ¶
func (s *PhysicalConnectionRequirements) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type Predecessor ¶
type Predecessor struct { // The name of the job definition used by the predecessor job run. JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The job-run ID of the predecessor job run. RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A job run that was used in the predicate of a conditional trigger that triggered this job run.
func (Predecessor) String ¶
func (s Predecessor) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Predicate ¶
type Predicate struct { // A list of the conditions that determine when the trigger will fire. Conditions []Condition `type:"list"` // An optional field if only one condition is listed. If multiple conditions // are listed, then this field is required. Logical Logical `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Defines the predicate of the trigger, which determines when it fires.
type PrincipalPermissions ¶ added in v0.11.0
type PrincipalPermissions struct { // The permissions that are granted to the principal. Permissions []Permission `type:"list"` // The principal who is granted permissions. Principal *DataLakePrincipal `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Permissions granted to a principal.
func (PrincipalPermissions) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s PrincipalPermissions) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*PrincipalPermissions) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *PrincipalPermissions) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type PrincipalType ¶
type PrincipalType string
const ( PrincipalTypeUser PrincipalType = "USER" PrincipalTypeRole PrincipalType = "ROLE" PrincipalTypeGroup PrincipalType = "GROUP" )
Enum values for PrincipalType
func (PrincipalType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum PrincipalType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (PrincipalType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum PrincipalType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type PropertyPredicate ¶ added in v0.11.0
type PropertyPredicate struct { // The comparator used to compare this property to others. Comparator Comparator `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The key of the property. Key *string `type:"string"` // The value of the property. Value *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Defines a property predicate.
func (PropertyPredicate) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s PropertyPredicate) String() string
String returns the string representation
type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog to set the security configuration for. If none // is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The security configuration to set. // // DataCatalogEncryptionSettings is a required field DataCatalogEncryptionSettings *DataCatalogEncryptionSettings `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput ¶ added in v0.5.0
type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest ¶ added in v0.5.0
type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput Copy func(*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest }
PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest is the request type for the PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API operation.
func (PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (r PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API request.
type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse struct { *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse is the response type for the PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings API operation.
func (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings request.
type PutResourcePolicyInput ¶ added in v0.6.0
type PutResourcePolicyInput struct { // A value of MUST_EXIST is used to update a policy. A value of NOT_EXIST is // used to create a new policy. If a value of NONE or a null value is used, // the call will not depend on the existence of a policy. PolicyExistsCondition ExistCondition `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The hash value returned when the previous policy was set using PutResourcePolicy. // Its purpose is to prevent concurrent modifications of a policy. Do not use // this parameter if no previous policy has been set. PolicyHashCondition *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Contains the policy document to set, in JSON format. // // PolicyInJson is a required field PolicyInJson *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (PutResourcePolicyInput) String ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (s PutResourcePolicyInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*PutResourcePolicyInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (s *PutResourcePolicyInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type PutResourcePolicyOutput ¶ added in v0.6.0
type PutResourcePolicyOutput struct { // A hash of the policy that has just been set. This must be included in a subsequent // call that overwrites or updates this policy. PolicyHash *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (PutResourcePolicyOutput) String ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (s PutResourcePolicyOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type PutResourcePolicyRequest ¶ added in v0.6.0
type PutResourcePolicyRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *PutResourcePolicyInput Copy func(*PutResourcePolicyInput) PutResourcePolicyRequest }
PutResourcePolicyRequest is the request type for the PutResourcePolicy API operation.
func (PutResourcePolicyRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.6.0
func (r PutResourcePolicyRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PutResourcePolicyResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the PutResourcePolicy API request.
type PutResourcePolicyResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type PutResourcePolicyResponse struct { *PutResourcePolicyOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
PutResourcePolicyResponse is the response type for the PutResourcePolicy API operation.
func (*PutResourcePolicyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *PutResourcePolicyResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PutResourcePolicy request.
type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput struct { // Name of the workflow which was run. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of the workflow run for which the run properties should be updated. // // RunId is a required field RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The properties to put for the specified run. // // RunProperties is a required field RunProperties map[string]string `type:"map" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput Copy func(*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput) PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest }
PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest is the request type for the PutWorkflowRunProperties API operation.
func (PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r PutWorkflowRunPropertiesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the PutWorkflowRunProperties API request.
type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse struct { *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
PutWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse is the response type for the PutWorkflowRunProperties API operation.
func (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the PutWorkflowRunProperties request.
type ResetJobBookmarkInput ¶
type ResetJobBookmarkInput struct { // The name of the job in question. // // JobName is a required field JobName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique run identifier associated with this job run. RunId *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ResetJobBookmarkInput) String ¶
func (s ResetJobBookmarkInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ResetJobBookmarkInput) Validate ¶
func (s *ResetJobBookmarkInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type ResetJobBookmarkOutput ¶
type ResetJobBookmarkOutput struct { // The reset bookmark entry. JobBookmarkEntry *JobBookmarkEntry `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (ResetJobBookmarkOutput) String ¶
func (s ResetJobBookmarkOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ResetJobBookmarkRequest ¶
type ResetJobBookmarkRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ResetJobBookmarkInput Copy func(*ResetJobBookmarkInput) ResetJobBookmarkRequest }
ResetJobBookmarkRequest is the request type for the ResetJobBookmark API operation.
func (ResetJobBookmarkRequest) Send ¶
func (r ResetJobBookmarkRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ResetJobBookmarkResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the ResetJobBookmark API request.
type ResetJobBookmarkResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type ResetJobBookmarkResponse struct { *ResetJobBookmarkOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
ResetJobBookmarkResponse is the response type for the ResetJobBookmark API operation.
func (*ResetJobBookmarkResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *ResetJobBookmarkResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ResetJobBookmark request.
type ResourceType ¶
type ResourceType string
const ( ResourceTypeJar ResourceType = "JAR" ResourceTypeFile ResourceType = "FILE" ResourceTypeArchive ResourceType = "ARCHIVE" )
Enum values for ResourceType
func (ResourceType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ResourceType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ResourceType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ResourceType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ResourceUri ¶
type ResourceUri struct { // The type of the resource. ResourceType ResourceType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The URI for accessing the resource. Uri *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The URIs for function resources.
func (ResourceUri) String ¶
func (s ResourceUri) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*ResourceUri) Validate ¶
func (s *ResourceUri) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type S3Encryption ¶ added in v0.5.0
type S3Encryption struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key to be used to encrypt the data. KmsKeyArn *string `type:"string"` // The encryption mode to use for Amazon S3 data. S3EncryptionMode S3EncryptionMode `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies how Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) data should be encrypted.
func (S3Encryption) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s S3Encryption) String() string
String returns the string representation
type S3EncryptionMode ¶ added in v0.5.0
type S3EncryptionMode string
const ( S3EncryptionModeDisabled S3EncryptionMode = "DISABLED" S3EncryptionModeSseKms S3EncryptionMode = "SSE-KMS" S3EncryptionModeSseS3 S3EncryptionMode = "SSE-S3" )
Enum values for S3EncryptionMode
func (S3EncryptionMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (enum S3EncryptionMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (S3EncryptionMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (enum S3EncryptionMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type S3Target ¶
type S3Target struct { // A list of glob patterns used to exclude from the crawl. For more information, // see Catalog Tables with a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-crawler.html). Exclusions []string `type:"list"` // The path to the Amazon S3 target. Path *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a data store in Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3).
type Schedule ¶
type Schedule struct { // A cron expression used to specify the schedule. For more information, see // Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, specify cron(15 12 // * * ? *). ScheduleExpression *string `type:"string"` // The state of the schedule. State ScheduleState `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A scheduling object using a cron statement to schedule an event.
type ScheduleState ¶
type ScheduleState string
const ( ScheduleStateScheduled ScheduleState = "SCHEDULED" ScheduleStateNotScheduled ScheduleState = "NOT_SCHEDULED" ScheduleStateTransitioning ScheduleState = "TRANSITIONING" )
Enum values for ScheduleState
func (ScheduleState) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ScheduleState) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ScheduleState) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ScheduleState) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type SchemaChangePolicy ¶
type SchemaChangePolicy struct { // The deletion behavior when the crawler finds a deleted object. DeleteBehavior DeleteBehavior `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The update behavior when the crawler finds a changed schema. UpdateBehavior UpdateBehavior `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A policy that specifies update and deletion behaviors for the crawler.
func (SchemaChangePolicy) String ¶
func (s SchemaChangePolicy) String() string
String returns the string representation
type SchemaColumn ¶ added in v0.11.0
type SchemaColumn struct { // The type of data in the column. DataType *string `type:"string"` // The name of the column. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A key-value pair representing a column and data type that this transform can run against. The Schema parameter of the MLTransform may contain up to 100 of these structures.
func (SchemaColumn) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s SchemaColumn) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*SchemaColumn) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *SchemaColumn) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type SearchTablesInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type SearchTablesInput struct { // A unique identifier, consisting of account_id/datalake. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of key-value pairs, and a comparator used to filter the search results. // Returns all entities matching the predicate. Filters []PropertyPredicate `type:"list"` // The maximum number of tables to return in a single response. MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A string used for a text search. // // Specifying a value in quotes filters based on an exact match to the value. SearchText *string `type:"string"` // A list of criteria for sorting the results by a field name, in an ascending // or descending order. SortCriteria []SortCriterion `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (SearchTablesInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s SearchTablesInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*SearchTablesInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *SearchTablesInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type SearchTablesOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type SearchTablesOutput struct { // A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last. NextToken *string `type:"string"` // A list of the requested Table objects. The SearchTables response returns // only the tables that you have access to. TableList []Table `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (SearchTablesOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s SearchTablesOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type SearchTablesPaginator ¶ added in v0.11.0
SearchTablesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.
func NewSearchTablesPaginator ¶ added in v0.11.0
func NewSearchTablesPaginator(req SearchTablesRequest) SearchTablesPaginator
NewSearchTablesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for SearchTables. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.
Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
// Example iterating over pages. req := client.SearchTablesRequest(input) p := glue.NewSearchTablesRequestPaginator(req) for p.Next(context.TODO()) { page := p.CurrentPage() } if err := p.Err(); err != nil { return err }
func (*SearchTablesPaginator) CurrentPage ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (p *SearchTablesPaginator) CurrentPage() *SearchTablesOutput
type SearchTablesRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type SearchTablesRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *SearchTablesInput Copy func(*SearchTablesInput) SearchTablesRequest }
SearchTablesRequest is the request type for the SearchTables API operation.
func (SearchTablesRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r SearchTablesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*SearchTablesResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the SearchTables API request.
type SearchTablesResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type SearchTablesResponse struct { *SearchTablesOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
SearchTablesResponse is the response type for the SearchTables API operation.
func (*SearchTablesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *SearchTablesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the SearchTables request.
type SecurityConfiguration ¶ added in v0.5.0
type SecurityConfiguration struct { // The time at which this security configuration was created. CreatedTimeStamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The encryption configuration associated with this security configuration. EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"` // The name of the security configuration. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a security configuration.
func (SecurityConfiguration) String ¶ added in v0.5.0
func (s SecurityConfiguration) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Segment ¶
type Segment struct { // The zero-based index number of the segment. For example, if the total number // of segments is 4, SegmentNumber values range from 0 through 3. // // SegmentNumber is a required field SegmentNumber *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` // The total number of segments. // // TotalSegments is a required field TotalSegments *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Defines a non-overlapping region of a table's partitions, allowing multiple requests to be executed in parallel.
type SerDeInfo ¶
type SerDeInfo struct { // Name of the SerDe. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // These key-value pairs define initialization parameters for the SerDe. Parameters map[string]string `type:"map"` // Usually the class that implements the SerDe. An example is org.apache.hadoop.hive.serde2.columnar.ColumnarSerDe. SerializationLibrary *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Information about a serialization/deserialization program (SerDe) that serves as an extractor and loader.
type SkewedInfo ¶
type SkewedInfo struct { // A list of names of columns that contain skewed values. SkewedColumnNames []string `type:"list"` // A mapping of skewed values to the columns that contain them. SkewedColumnValueLocationMaps map[string]string `type:"map"` // A list of values that appear so frequently as to be considered skewed. SkewedColumnValues []string `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies skewed values in a table. Skewed values are those that occur with very high frequency.
func (SkewedInfo) String ¶
func (s SkewedInfo) String() string
String returns the string representation
type SortCriterion ¶ added in v0.11.0
type SortCriterion struct { // The name of the field on which to sort. FieldName *string `type:"string"` // An ascending or descending sort. Sort Sort `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a field to sort by and a sort order.
func (SortCriterion) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s SortCriterion) String() string
String returns the string representation
type SortDirectionType ¶ added in v0.11.0
type SortDirectionType string
const ( SortDirectionTypeDescending SortDirectionType = "DESCENDING" SortDirectionTypeAscending SortDirectionType = "ASCENDING" )
Enum values for SortDirectionType
func (SortDirectionType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum SortDirectionType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (SortDirectionType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum SortDirectionType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type StartCrawlerInput ¶
type StartCrawlerInput struct { // Name of the crawler to start. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartCrawlerInput) String ¶
func (s StartCrawlerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StartCrawlerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *StartCrawlerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StartCrawlerOutput ¶
type StartCrawlerOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (StartCrawlerOutput) String ¶
func (s StartCrawlerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StartCrawlerRequest ¶
type StartCrawlerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StartCrawlerInput Copy func(*StartCrawlerInput) StartCrawlerRequest }
StartCrawlerRequest is the request type for the StartCrawler API operation.
func (StartCrawlerRequest) Send ¶
func (r StartCrawlerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartCrawlerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StartCrawler API request.
type StartCrawlerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type StartCrawlerResponse struct { *StartCrawlerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StartCrawlerResponse is the response type for the StartCrawler API operation.
func (*StartCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *StartCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartCrawler request.
type StartCrawlerScheduleInput ¶
type StartCrawlerScheduleInput struct { // Name of the crawler to schedule. // // CrawlerName is a required field CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartCrawlerScheduleInput) String ¶
func (s StartCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StartCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate ¶
func (s *StartCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StartCrawlerScheduleOutput ¶
type StartCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) String ¶
func (s StartCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StartCrawlerScheduleRequest ¶
type StartCrawlerScheduleRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StartCrawlerScheduleInput Copy func(*StartCrawlerScheduleInput) StartCrawlerScheduleRequest }
StartCrawlerScheduleRequest is the request type for the StartCrawlerSchedule API operation.
func (StartCrawlerScheduleRequest) Send ¶
func (r StartCrawlerScheduleRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartCrawlerScheduleResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StartCrawlerSchedule API request.
type StartCrawlerScheduleResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type StartCrawlerScheduleResponse struct { *StartCrawlerScheduleOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StartCrawlerScheduleResponse is the response type for the StartCrawlerSchedule API operation.
func (*StartCrawlerScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *StartCrawlerScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartCrawlerSchedule request.
type StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput struct { // The Amazon S3 path where you export the labels. // // OutputS3Path is a required field OutputS3Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique identifier of the machine learning transform. // // TransformId is a required field TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput struct { // The unique identifier for the task run. TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput Copy func(*StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput) StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest }
StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest is the request type for the StartExportLabelsTaskRun API operation.
func (StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r StartExportLabelsTaskRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StartExportLabelsTaskRun API request.
type StartExportLabelsTaskRunResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartExportLabelsTaskRunResponse struct { *StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StartExportLabelsTaskRunResponse is the response type for the StartExportLabelsTaskRun API operation.
func (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *StartExportLabelsTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartExportLabelsTaskRun request.
type StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput struct { // The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path from where you import // the labels. // // InputS3Path is a required field InputS3Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // Indicates whether to overwrite your existing labels. ReplaceAllLabels *bool `type:"boolean"` // The unique identifier of the machine learning transform. // // TransformId is a required field TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput struct { // The unique identifier for the task run. TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput Copy func(*StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput) StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest }
StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest is the request type for the StartImportLabelsTaskRun API operation.
func (StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r StartImportLabelsTaskRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StartImportLabelsTaskRun API request.
type StartImportLabelsTaskRunResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartImportLabelsTaskRunResponse struct { *StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StartImportLabelsTaskRunResponse is the response type for the StartImportLabelsTaskRun API operation.
func (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *StartImportLabelsTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartImportLabelsTaskRun request.
type StartJobRunInput ¶
type StartJobRunInput struct { // This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead. // // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this JobRun. // From 2 to 100 DPUs can be allocated; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative // measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity // and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the AWS Glue pricing page // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https:/aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). AllocatedCapacity *int64 `deprecated:"true" type:"integer"` // The job arguments specifically for this run. For this job run, they replace // the default arguments set in the job definition itself. // // You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, // as well as arguments that AWS Glue itself consumes. // // For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments, // see the Calling AWS Glue APIs in Python (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html) // topic in the developer guide. // // For information about the key-value pairs that AWS Glue consumes to set up // your job, see the Special Parameters Used by AWS Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html) // topic in the developer guide. Arguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // The name of the job definition to use. // // JobName is a required field JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The ID of a previous JobRun to retry. JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated // when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that // consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, // see the AWS Glue pricing page (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/https:/aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). // // Do not set Max Capacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers. // // The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are // running a Python shell job, or an Apache Spark ETL job: // // * When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"), // you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU. // // * When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl"), // you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job // type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation. MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"` // Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification. NotificationProperty *NotificationProperty `type:"structure"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job // runs. // // The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for // G.2X. NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job // run. SecurityConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can // consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The // default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). This overrides the timeout value set // in the parent job. Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts // a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory // and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory // and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartJobRunInput) String ¶
func (s StartJobRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StartJobRunInput) Validate ¶
func (s *StartJobRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StartJobRunOutput ¶
type StartJobRunOutput struct { // The ID assigned to this job run. JobRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartJobRunOutput) String ¶
func (s StartJobRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StartJobRunRequest ¶
type StartJobRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StartJobRunInput Copy func(*StartJobRunInput) StartJobRunRequest }
StartJobRunRequest is the request type for the StartJobRun API operation.
func (StartJobRunRequest) Send ¶
func (r StartJobRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartJobRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StartJobRun API request.
type StartJobRunResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type StartJobRunResponse struct { *StartJobRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StartJobRunResponse is the response type for the StartJobRun API operation.
func (*StartJobRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *StartJobRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartJobRun request.
type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput struct { // The unique identifier of the machine learning transform. // // TransformId is a required field TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput struct { // The unique identifier associated with this run. TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput Copy func(*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput) StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest }
StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest is the request type for the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun API operation.
func (StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r StartMLEvaluationTaskRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun API request.
type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunResponse struct { *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StartMLEvaluationTaskRunResponse is the response type for the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun API operation.
func (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun request.
type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput struct { // The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you generate the // labeling set. // // OutputS3Path is a required field OutputS3Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The unique identifier of the machine learning transform. // // TransformId is a required field TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput struct { // The unique run identifier that is associated with this task run. TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput Copy func(*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest }
StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest is the request type for the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun API operation.
func (StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun API request.
type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunResponse struct { *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunResponse is the response type for the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun API operation.
func (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun request.
type StartTriggerInput ¶
type StartTriggerInput struct { // The name of the trigger to start. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartTriggerInput) String ¶
func (s StartTriggerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StartTriggerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *StartTriggerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StartTriggerOutput ¶
type StartTriggerOutput struct { // The name of the trigger that was started. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartTriggerOutput) String ¶
func (s StartTriggerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StartTriggerRequest ¶
type StartTriggerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StartTriggerInput Copy func(*StartTriggerInput) StartTriggerRequest }
StartTriggerRequest is the request type for the StartTrigger API operation.
func (StartTriggerRequest) Send ¶
func (r StartTriggerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartTriggerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StartTrigger API request.
type StartTriggerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type StartTriggerResponse struct { *StartTriggerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StartTriggerResponse is the response type for the StartTrigger API operation.
func (*StartTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *StartTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartTrigger request.
type StartWorkflowRunInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type StartWorkflowRunInput struct { // The name of the workflow to start. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartWorkflowRunInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s StartWorkflowRunInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StartWorkflowRunInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *StartWorkflowRunInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StartWorkflowRunOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type StartWorkflowRunOutput struct { // An Id for the new run. RunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StartWorkflowRunOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s StartWorkflowRunOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StartWorkflowRunRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type StartWorkflowRunRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StartWorkflowRunInput Copy func(*StartWorkflowRunInput) StartWorkflowRunRequest }
StartWorkflowRunRequest is the request type for the StartWorkflowRun API operation.
func (StartWorkflowRunRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r StartWorkflowRunRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StartWorkflowRunResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StartWorkflowRun API request.
type StartWorkflowRunResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type StartWorkflowRunResponse struct { *StartWorkflowRunOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StartWorkflowRunResponse is the response type for the StartWorkflowRun API operation.
func (*StartWorkflowRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *StartWorkflowRunResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StartWorkflowRun request.
type StopCrawlerInput ¶
type StopCrawlerInput struct { // Name of the crawler to stop. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StopCrawlerInput) String ¶
func (s StopCrawlerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StopCrawlerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *StopCrawlerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StopCrawlerOutput ¶
type StopCrawlerOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (StopCrawlerOutput) String ¶
func (s StopCrawlerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StopCrawlerRequest ¶
type StopCrawlerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StopCrawlerInput Copy func(*StopCrawlerInput) StopCrawlerRequest }
StopCrawlerRequest is the request type for the StopCrawler API operation.
func (StopCrawlerRequest) Send ¶
func (r StopCrawlerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StopCrawlerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StopCrawler API request.
type StopCrawlerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type StopCrawlerResponse struct { *StopCrawlerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StopCrawlerResponse is the response type for the StopCrawler API operation.
func (*StopCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *StopCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StopCrawler request.
type StopCrawlerScheduleInput ¶
type StopCrawlerScheduleInput struct { // Name of the crawler whose schedule state to set. // // CrawlerName is a required field CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StopCrawlerScheduleInput) String ¶
func (s StopCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StopCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate ¶
func (s *StopCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StopCrawlerScheduleOutput ¶
type StopCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) String ¶
func (s StopCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StopCrawlerScheduleRequest ¶
type StopCrawlerScheduleRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StopCrawlerScheduleInput Copy func(*StopCrawlerScheduleInput) StopCrawlerScheduleRequest }
StopCrawlerScheduleRequest is the request type for the StopCrawlerSchedule API operation.
func (StopCrawlerScheduleRequest) Send ¶
func (r StopCrawlerScheduleRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StopCrawlerScheduleResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StopCrawlerSchedule API request.
type StopCrawlerScheduleResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type StopCrawlerScheduleResponse struct { *StopCrawlerScheduleOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StopCrawlerScheduleResponse is the response type for the StopCrawlerSchedule API operation.
func (*StopCrawlerScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *StopCrawlerScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StopCrawlerSchedule request.
type StopTriggerInput ¶
type StopTriggerInput struct { // The name of the trigger to stop. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StopTriggerInput) String ¶
func (s StopTriggerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StopTriggerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *StopTriggerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type StopTriggerOutput ¶
type StopTriggerOutput struct { // The name of the trigger that was stopped. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (StopTriggerOutput) String ¶
func (s StopTriggerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StopTriggerRequest ¶
type StopTriggerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *StopTriggerInput Copy func(*StopTriggerInput) StopTriggerRequest }
StopTriggerRequest is the request type for the StopTrigger API operation.
func (StopTriggerRequest) Send ¶
func (r StopTriggerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*StopTriggerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the StopTrigger API request.
type StopTriggerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type StopTriggerResponse struct { *StopTriggerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
StopTriggerResponse is the response type for the StopTrigger API operation.
func (*StopTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *StopTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the StopTrigger request.
type StorageDescriptor ¶
type StorageDescriptor struct { // A list of reducer grouping columns, clustering columns, and bucketing columns // in the table. BucketColumns []string `type:"list"` // A list of the Columns in the table. Columns []Column `type:"list"` // True if the data in the table is compressed, or False if not. Compressed *bool `type:"boolean"` // The input format: SequenceFileInputFormat (binary), or TextInputFormat, or // a custom format. InputFormat *string `type:"string"` // The physical location of the table. By default, this takes the form of the // warehouse location, followed by the database location in the warehouse, followed // by the table name. Location *string `type:"string"` // Must be specified if the table contains any dimension columns. NumberOfBuckets *int64 `type:"integer"` // The output format: SequenceFileOutputFormat (binary), or IgnoreKeyTextOutputFormat, // or a custom format. OutputFormat *string `type:"string"` // The user-supplied properties in key-value form. Parameters map[string]string `type:"map"` // The serialization/deserialization (SerDe) information. SerdeInfo *SerDeInfo `type:"structure"` // The information about values that appear frequently in a column (skewed values). SkewedInfo *SkewedInfo `type:"structure"` // A list specifying the sort order of each bucket in the table. SortColumns []Order `type:"list"` // True if the table data is stored in subdirectories, or False if not. StoredAsSubDirectories *bool `type:"boolean"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Describes the physical storage of table data.
func (StorageDescriptor) String ¶
func (s StorageDescriptor) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*StorageDescriptor) Validate ¶
func (s *StorageDescriptor) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type Table ¶
type Table struct { // The time when the table definition was created in the Data Catalog. CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The person or entity who created the table. CreatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the database where the table metadata resides. For Hive compatibility, // this must be all lowercase. DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A description of the table. Description *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether the table has been registered with AWS Lake Formation. IsRegisteredWithLakeFormation *bool `type:"boolean"` // The last time that the table was accessed. This is usually taken from HDFS, // and might not be reliable. LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The last time that column statistics were computed for this table. LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The table name. For Hive compatibility, this must be entirely lowercase. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The owner of the table. Owner *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // These key-value pairs define properties associated with the table. Parameters map[string]string `type:"map"` // A list of columns by which the table is partitioned. Only primitive types // are supported as partition keys. // // When you create a table used by Amazon Athena, and you do not specify any // partitionKeys, you must at least set the value of partitionKeys to an empty // list. For example: // // "PartitionKeys": [] PartitionKeys []Column `type:"list"` // The retention time for this table. Retention *int64 `type:"integer"` // A storage descriptor containing information about the physical storage of // this table. StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"` // The type of this table (EXTERNAL_TABLE, VIRTUAL_VIEW, etc.). TableType *string `type:"string"` // The last time that the table was updated. UpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // If the table is a view, the expanded text of the view; otherwise null. ViewExpandedText *string `type:"string"` // If the table is a view, the original text of the view; otherwise null. ViewOriginalText *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Represents a collection of related data organized in columns and rows.
type TableError ¶
type TableError struct { // The details about the error. ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"` // The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this must be entirely lowercase. TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
An error record for table operations.
func (TableError) String ¶
func (s TableError) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TableInput ¶
type TableInput struct { // A description of the table. Description *string `type:"string"` // The last time that the table was accessed. LastAccessTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The last time that column statistics were computed for this table. LastAnalyzedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The table name. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase when // it is stored. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The table owner. Owner *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // These key-value pairs define properties associated with the table. Parameters map[string]string `type:"map"` // A list of columns by which the table is partitioned. Only primitive types // are supported as partition keys. // // When you create a table used by Amazon Athena, and you do not specify any // partitionKeys, you must at least set the value of partitionKeys to an empty // list. For example: // // "PartitionKeys": [] PartitionKeys []Column `type:"list"` // The retention time for this table. Retention *int64 `type:"integer"` // A storage descriptor containing information about the physical storage of // this table. StorageDescriptor *StorageDescriptor `type:"structure"` // The type of this table (EXTERNAL_TABLE, VIRTUAL_VIEW, etc.). TableType *string `type:"string"` // If the table is a view, the expanded text of the view; otherwise null. ViewExpandedText *string `type:"string"` // If the table is a view, the original text of the view; otherwise null. ViewOriginalText *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A structure used to define a table.
func (TableInput) String ¶
func (s TableInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*TableInput) Validate ¶
func (s *TableInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type TableVersion ¶
type TableVersion struct { // The table in question. Table *Table `type:"structure"` // The ID value that identifies this table version. A VersionId is a string // representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1. VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a version of a table.
func (TableVersion) String ¶
func (s TableVersion) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TableVersionError ¶ added in v0.3.0
type TableVersionError struct { // The details about the error. ErrorDetail *ErrorDetail `type:"structure"` // The name of the table in question. TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The ID value of the version in question. A VersionID is a string representation // of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1. VersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
An error record for table-version operations.
func (TableVersionError) String ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s TableVersionError) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TagResourceInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type TagResourceInput struct { // The ARN of the AWS Glue resource to which to add the tags. For more information // about AWS Glue resource ARNs, see the AWS Glue ARN string pattern (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-common.html#aws-glue-api-regex-aws-glue-arn-id). // // ResourceArn is a required field ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Tags to add to this resource. // // TagsToAdd is a required field TagsToAdd map[string]string `type:"map" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (TagResourceInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s TagResourceInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*TagResourceInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *TagResourceInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type TagResourceOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type TagResourceOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (TagResourceOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s TagResourceOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TagResourceRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type TagResourceRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *TagResourceInput Copy func(*TagResourceInput) TagResourceRequest }
TagResourceRequest is the request type for the TagResource API operation.
func (TagResourceRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r TagResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*TagResourceResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the TagResource API request.
type TagResourceResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type TagResourceResponse struct { *TagResourceOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
TagResourceResponse is the response type for the TagResource API operation.
func (*TagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *TagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the TagResource request.
type TaskRun ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TaskRun struct { // The last point in time that the requested task run was completed. CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The list of error strings associated with this task run. ErrorString *string `type:"string"` // The amount of time (in seconds) that the task run consumed resources. ExecutionTime *int64 `type:"integer"` // The last point in time that the requested task run was updated. LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The names of the log group for secure logging, associated with this task // run. LogGroupName *string `type:"string"` // Specifies configuration properties associated with this task run. Properties *TaskRunProperties `type:"structure"` // The date and time that this task run started. StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The current status of the requested task run. Status TaskStatusType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The unique identifier for this task run. TaskRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The unique identifier for the transform. TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The sampling parameters that are associated with the machine learning transform.
type TaskRunFilterCriteria ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TaskRunFilterCriteria struct { // Filter on task runs started after this date. StartedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // Filter on task runs started before this date. StartedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The current status of the task run. Status TaskStatusType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The type of task run. TaskRunType TaskType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The criteria that are used to filter the task runs for the machine learning transform.
func (TaskRunFilterCriteria) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s TaskRunFilterCriteria) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TaskRunProperties ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TaskRunProperties struct { // The configuration properties for an exporting labels task run. ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties *ExportLabelsTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"` // The configuration properties for a find matches task run. FindMatchesTaskRunProperties *FindMatchesTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"` // The configuration properties for an importing labels task run. ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties *ImportLabelsTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"` // The configuration properties for a labeling set generation task run. LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties *LabelingSetGenerationTaskRunProperties `type:"structure"` // The type of task run. TaskType TaskType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The configuration properties for the task run.
func (TaskRunProperties) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s TaskRunProperties) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TaskRunSortColumnType ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TaskRunSortColumnType string
const ( TaskRunSortColumnTypeTaskRunType TaskRunSortColumnType = "TASK_RUN_TYPE" TaskRunSortColumnTypeStatus TaskRunSortColumnType = "STATUS" TaskRunSortColumnTypeStarted TaskRunSortColumnType = "STARTED" )
Enum values for TaskRunSortColumnType
func (TaskRunSortColumnType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum TaskRunSortColumnType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TaskRunSortColumnType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum TaskRunSortColumnType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type TaskRunSortCriteria ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TaskRunSortCriteria struct { // The column to be used to sort the list of task runs for the machine learning // transform. // // Column is a required field Column TaskRunSortColumnType `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"` // The sort direction to be used to sort the list of task runs for the machine // learning transform. // // SortDirection is a required field SortDirection SortDirectionType `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The sorting criteria that are used to sort the list of task runs for the machine learning transform.
func (TaskRunSortCriteria) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s TaskRunSortCriteria) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*TaskRunSortCriteria) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *TaskRunSortCriteria) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type TaskStatusType ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TaskStatusType string
const ( TaskStatusTypeStarting TaskStatusType = "STARTING" TaskStatusTypeRunning TaskStatusType = "RUNNING" TaskStatusTypeStopping TaskStatusType = "STOPPING" TaskStatusTypeStopped TaskStatusType = "STOPPED" TaskStatusTypeSucceeded TaskStatusType = "SUCCEEDED" TaskStatusTypeFailed TaskStatusType = "FAILED" TaskStatusTypeTimeout TaskStatusType = "TIMEOUT" )
Enum values for TaskStatusType
func (TaskStatusType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum TaskStatusType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TaskStatusType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum TaskStatusType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type TaskType ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TaskType string
const ( TaskTypeEvaluation TaskType = "EVALUATION" TaskTypeLabelingSetGeneration TaskType = "LABELING_SET_GENERATION" TaskTypeImportLabels TaskType = "IMPORT_LABELS" TaskTypeExportLabels TaskType = "EXPORT_LABELS" TaskTypeFindMatches TaskType = "FIND_MATCHES" )
Enum values for TaskType
func (TaskType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TransformFilterCriteria ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TransformFilterCriteria struct { // The time and date after which the transforms were created. CreatedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The time and date before which the transforms were created. CreatedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform // is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value // is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information, // see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions) // in the developer guide. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Filter on transforms last modified after this date. LastModifiedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // Filter on transforms last modified before this date. LastModifiedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // A unique transform name that is used to filter the machine learning transforms. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Filters on datasets with a specific schema. The Map<Column, Type> object // is an array of key-value pairs representing the schema this transform accepts, // where Column is the name of a column, and Type is the type of the data such // as an integer or string. Has an upper bound of 100 columns. Schema []SchemaColumn `type:"list"` // Filters the list of machine learning transforms by the last known status // of the transforms (to indicate whether a transform can be used or not). One // of "NOT_READY", "READY", or "DELETING". Status TransformStatusType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The type of machine learning transform that is used to filter the machine // learning transforms. TransformType TransformType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The criteria used to filter the machine learning transforms.
func (TransformFilterCriteria) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s TransformFilterCriteria) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*TransformFilterCriteria) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type TransformParameters ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TransformParameters struct { // The parameters for the find matches algorithm. FindMatchesParameters *FindMatchesParameters `type:"structure"` // The type of machine learning transform. // // For information about the types of machine learning transforms, see Creating // Machine Learning Transforms (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job-machine-learning-transform.html). // // TransformType is a required field TransformType TransformType `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The algorithm-specific parameters that are associated with the machine learning transform.
func (TransformParameters) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s TransformParameters) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*TransformParameters) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *TransformParameters) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type TransformSortColumnType ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TransformSortColumnType string
const ( TransformSortColumnTypeName TransformSortColumnType = "NAME" TransformSortColumnTypeTransformType TransformSortColumnType = "TRANSFORM_TYPE" TransformSortColumnTypeStatus TransformSortColumnType = "STATUS" TransformSortColumnTypeCreated TransformSortColumnType = "CREATED" TransformSortColumnTypeLastModified TransformSortColumnType = "LAST_MODIFIED" )
Enum values for TransformSortColumnType
func (TransformSortColumnType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum TransformSortColumnType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TransformSortColumnType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum TransformSortColumnType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type TransformSortCriteria ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TransformSortCriteria struct { // The column to be used in the sorting criteria that are associated with the // machine learning transform. // // Column is a required field Column TransformSortColumnType `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"` // The sort direction to be used in the sorting criteria that are associated // with the machine learning transform. // // SortDirection is a required field SortDirection SortDirectionType `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The sorting criteria that are associated with the machine learning transform.
func (TransformSortCriteria) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s TransformSortCriteria) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*TransformSortCriteria) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *TransformSortCriteria) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type TransformStatusType ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TransformStatusType string
const ( TransformStatusTypeNotReady TransformStatusType = "NOT_READY" TransformStatusTypeReady TransformStatusType = "READY" TransformStatusTypeDeleting TransformStatusType = "DELETING" )
Enum values for TransformStatusType
func (TransformStatusType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum TransformStatusType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TransformStatusType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum TransformStatusType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type TransformType ¶ added in v0.11.0
type TransformType string
const (
TransformTypeFindMatches TransformType = "FIND_MATCHES"
)
Enum values for TransformType
func (TransformType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum TransformType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TransformType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (enum TransformType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Trigger ¶
type Trigger struct { // The actions initiated by this trigger. Actions []Action `type:"list"` // A description of this trigger. Description *string `type:"string"` // Reserved for future use. Id *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the trigger. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The predicate of this trigger, which defines when it will fire. Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"` // A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules // for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: // cron(15 12 * * ? *). Schedule *string `type:"string"` // The current state of the trigger. State TriggerState `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The type of trigger that this is. Type TriggerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The name of the workflow associated with the trigger. WorkflowName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Information about a specific trigger.
type TriggerNodeDetails ¶ added in v0.10.0
type TriggerNodeDetails struct { // The information of the trigger represented by the trigger node. Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
The details of a Trigger node present in the workflow.
func (TriggerNodeDetails) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s TriggerNodeDetails) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TriggerState ¶
type TriggerState string
const ( TriggerStateCreating TriggerState = "CREATING" TriggerStateCreated TriggerState = "CREATED" TriggerStateActivating TriggerState = "ACTIVATING" TriggerStateActivated TriggerState = "ACTIVATED" TriggerStateDeactivating TriggerState = "DEACTIVATING" TriggerStateDeactivated TriggerState = "DEACTIVATED" TriggerStateDeleting TriggerState = "DELETING" TriggerStateUpdating TriggerState = "UPDATING" )
Enum values for TriggerState
func (TriggerState) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TriggerState) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TriggerState) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TriggerState) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type TriggerType ¶
type TriggerType string
const ( TriggerTypeScheduled TriggerType = "SCHEDULED" TriggerTypeConditional TriggerType = "CONDITIONAL" TriggerTypeOnDemand TriggerType = "ON_DEMAND" )
Enum values for TriggerType
func (TriggerType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TriggerType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TriggerType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TriggerType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type TriggerUpdate ¶
type TriggerUpdate struct { // The actions initiated by this trigger. Actions []Action `type:"list"` // A description of this trigger. Description *string `type:"string"` // Reserved for future use. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The predicate of this trigger, which defines when it will fire. Predicate *Predicate `type:"structure"` // A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules // for Jobs and Crawlers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: // cron(15 12 * * ? *). Schedule *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A structure used to provide information used to update a trigger. This object updates the previous trigger definition by overwriting it completely.
func (TriggerUpdate) String ¶
func (s TriggerUpdate) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*TriggerUpdate) Validate ¶
func (s *TriggerUpdate) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UntagResourceInput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type UntagResourceInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which to remove the tags. // // ResourceArn is a required field ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Tags to remove from this resource. // // TagsToRemove is a required field TagsToRemove []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UntagResourceInput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UntagResourceInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UntagResourceOutput ¶ added in v0.8.0
type UntagResourceOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (UntagResourceOutput) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UntagResourceRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type UntagResourceRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UntagResourceInput Copy func(*UntagResourceInput) UntagResourceRequest }
UntagResourceRequest is the request type for the UntagResource API operation.
func (UntagResourceRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (r UntagResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UntagResourceResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UntagResource API request.
type UntagResourceResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UntagResourceResponse struct { *UntagResourceOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UntagResourceResponse is the response type for the UntagResource API operation.
func (*UntagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UntagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UntagResource request.
type UpdateBehavior ¶
type UpdateBehavior string
const ( UpdateBehaviorLog UpdateBehavior = "LOG" UpdateBehaviorUpdateInDatabase UpdateBehavior = "UPDATE_IN_DATABASE" )
Enum values for UpdateBehavior
func (UpdateBehavior) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum UpdateBehavior) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (UpdateBehavior) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum UpdateBehavior) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type UpdateClassifierInput ¶
type UpdateClassifierInput struct { // A CsvClassifier object with updated fields. CsvClassifier *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` // A GrokClassifier object with updated fields. GrokClassifier *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` // A JsonClassifier object with updated fields. JsonClassifier *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` // An XMLClassifier object with updated fields. XMLClassifier *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateClassifierInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateClassifierInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateClassifierInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateClassifierInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateClassifierOutput ¶
type UpdateClassifierOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (UpdateClassifierOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateClassifierOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateClassifierRequest ¶
type UpdateClassifierRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateClassifierInput Copy func(*UpdateClassifierInput) UpdateClassifierRequest }
UpdateClassifierRequest is the request type for the UpdateClassifier API operation.
func (UpdateClassifierRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateClassifierRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateClassifierResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateClassifier API request.
type UpdateClassifierResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdateClassifierResponse struct { *UpdateClassifierOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateClassifierResponse is the response type for the UpdateClassifier API operation.
func (*UpdateClassifierResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdateClassifierResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateClassifier request.
type UpdateConnectionInput ¶
type UpdateConnectionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A ConnectionInput object that redefines the connection in question. // // ConnectionInput is a required field ConnectionInput *ConnectionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the connection definition to update. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateConnectionInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateConnectionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateConnectionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateConnectionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateConnectionOutput ¶
type UpdateConnectionOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (UpdateConnectionOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateConnectionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateConnectionRequest ¶
type UpdateConnectionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateConnectionInput Copy func(*UpdateConnectionInput) UpdateConnectionRequest }
UpdateConnectionRequest is the request type for the UpdateConnection API operation.
func (UpdateConnectionRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateConnectionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateConnectionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateConnection API request.
type UpdateConnectionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdateConnectionResponse struct { *UpdateConnectionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateConnectionResponse is the response type for the UpdateConnection API operation.
func (*UpdateConnectionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdateConnectionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateConnection request.
type UpdateCrawlerInput ¶
type UpdateCrawlerInput struct { // A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all // built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers // always override the default classifiers for a given classification. Classifiers []string `type:"list"` // The crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows // users to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see // Configuring a Crawler (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html). Configuration *string `type:"string"` // The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler. CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string `type:"string"` // The AWS Glue database where results are stored, such as: arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*. DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` // A description of the new crawler. Description *string `type:"string"` // Name of the new crawler. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that is used by // the new crawler to access customer resources. Role *string `type:"string"` // A cron expression used to specify the schedule. For more information, see // Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, specify cron(15 12 // * * ? *). Schedule *string `type:"string"` // The policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior. SchemaChangePolicy *SchemaChangePolicy `type:"structure"` // The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created. TablePrefix *string `type:"string"` // A list of targets to crawl. Targets *CrawlerTargets `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateCrawlerInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateCrawlerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateCrawlerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateCrawlerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateCrawlerOutput ¶
type UpdateCrawlerOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (UpdateCrawlerOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateCrawlerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateCrawlerRequest ¶
type UpdateCrawlerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateCrawlerInput Copy func(*UpdateCrawlerInput) UpdateCrawlerRequest }
UpdateCrawlerRequest is the request type for the UpdateCrawler API operation.
func (UpdateCrawlerRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateCrawlerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateCrawlerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateCrawler API request.
type UpdateCrawlerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdateCrawlerResponse struct { *UpdateCrawlerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateCrawlerResponse is the response type for the UpdateCrawler API operation.
func (*UpdateCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdateCrawlerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateCrawler request.
type UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput ¶
type UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput struct { // The name of the crawler whose schedule to update. // // CrawlerName is a required field CrawlerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The updated cron expression used to specify the schedule. For more information, // see Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html). // For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, specify cron(15 12 // * * ? *). Schedule *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput ¶
type UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest ¶
type UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput Copy func(*UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput) UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest }
UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest is the request type for the UpdateCrawlerSchedule API operation.
func (UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateCrawlerScheduleRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateCrawlerSchedule API request.
type UpdateCrawlerScheduleResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdateCrawlerScheduleResponse struct { *UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateCrawlerScheduleResponse is the response type for the UpdateCrawlerSchedule API operation.
func (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdateCrawlerScheduleResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateCrawlerSchedule request.
type UpdateCsvClassifierRequest ¶ added in v0.8.0
type UpdateCsvClassifierRequest struct { // Enables the processing of files that contain only one column. AllowSingleColumn *bool `type:"boolean"` // Indicates whether the CSV file contains a header. ContainsHeader CsvHeaderOption `type:"string" enum:"true"` // A custom symbol to denote what separates each column entry in the row. Delimiter *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Specifies not to trim values before identifying the type of column values. // The default value is true. DisableValueTrimming *bool `type:"boolean"` // A list of strings representing column names. Header []string `type:"list"` // The name of the classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A custom symbol to denote what combines content into a single column value. // It must be different from the column delimiter. QuoteSymbol *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a custom CSV classifier to be updated.
func (UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) String ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) Validate ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (s *UpdateCsvClassifierRequest) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateDatabaseInput ¶
type UpdateDatabaseInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog in which the metadata database resides. If none // is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A DatabaseInput object specifying the new definition of the metadata database // in the catalog. // // DatabaseInput is a required field DatabaseInput *DatabaseInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the database to update in the catalog. For Hive compatibility, // this is folded to lowercase. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateDatabaseInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateDatabaseInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateDatabaseInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateDatabaseInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateDatabaseOutput ¶
type UpdateDatabaseOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (UpdateDatabaseOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateDatabaseOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateDatabaseRequest ¶
type UpdateDatabaseRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateDatabaseInput Copy func(*UpdateDatabaseInput) UpdateDatabaseRequest }
UpdateDatabaseRequest is the request type for the UpdateDatabase API operation.
func (UpdateDatabaseRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateDatabaseRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateDatabaseResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateDatabase API request.
type UpdateDatabaseResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdateDatabaseResponse struct { *UpdateDatabaseOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateDatabaseResponse is the response type for the UpdateDatabase API operation.
func (*UpdateDatabaseResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdateDatabaseResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateDatabase request.
type UpdateDevEndpointInput ¶
type UpdateDevEndpointInput struct { // The map of arguments to add the map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint. // // Valid arguments are: // // * "--enable-glue-datacatalog": "" // // * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "3" // // * "GLUE_PYTHON_VERSION": "2" // // You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by // using the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint // APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2. AddArguments map[string]string `type:"map"` // The list of public keys for the DevEndpoint to use. AddPublicKeys []string `type:"list"` // Custom Python or Java libraries to be loaded in the DevEndpoint. CustomLibraries *DevEndpointCustomLibraries `type:"structure"` // The list of argument keys to be deleted from the map of arguments used to // configure the DevEndpoint. DeleteArguments []string `type:"list"` // The list of public keys to be deleted from the DevEndpoint. DeletePublicKeys []string `type:"list"` // The name of the DevEndpoint to be updated. // // EndpointName is a required field EndpointName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The public key for the DevEndpoint to use. PublicKey *string `type:"string"` // True if the list of custom libraries to be loaded in the development endpoint // needs to be updated, or False if otherwise. UpdateEtlLibraries *bool `type:"boolean"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateDevEndpointInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateDevEndpointInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateDevEndpointInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateDevEndpointInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateDevEndpointOutput ¶
type UpdateDevEndpointOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (UpdateDevEndpointOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateDevEndpointOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateDevEndpointRequest ¶
type UpdateDevEndpointRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateDevEndpointInput Copy func(*UpdateDevEndpointInput) UpdateDevEndpointRequest }
UpdateDevEndpointRequest is the request type for the UpdateDevEndpoint API operation.
func (UpdateDevEndpointRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateDevEndpointRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateDevEndpointResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateDevEndpoint API request.
type UpdateDevEndpointResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdateDevEndpointResponse struct { *UpdateDevEndpointOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateDevEndpointResponse is the response type for the UpdateDevEndpoint API operation.
func (*UpdateDevEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdateDevEndpointResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateDevEndpoint request.
type UpdateGrokClassifierRequest ¶
type UpdateGrokClassifierRequest struct { // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches, such as Twitter, // JSON, Omniture logs, Amazon CloudWatch Logs, and so on. Classification *string `type:"string"` // Optional custom grok patterns used by this classifier. CustomPatterns *string `type:"string"` // The grok pattern used by this classifier. GrokPattern *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the GrokClassifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a grok classifier to update when passed to UpdateClassifier.
func (UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) String ¶
func (s UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateGrokClassifierRequest) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateJobInput ¶
type UpdateJobInput struct { // The name of the job definition to update. // // JobName is a required field JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies the values with which to update the job definition. // // JobUpdate is a required field JobUpdate *JobUpdate `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateJobInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateJobInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateJobInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateJobInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateJobOutput ¶
type UpdateJobOutput struct { // Returns the name of the updated job definition. JobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateJobOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateJobOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateJobRequest ¶
type UpdateJobRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateJobInput Copy func(*UpdateJobInput) UpdateJobRequest }
UpdateJobRequest is the request type for the UpdateJob API operation.
func (UpdateJobRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateJobRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateJobResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateJob API request.
type UpdateJobResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdateJobResponse struct { *UpdateJobOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateJobResponse is the response type for the UpdateJob API operation.
func (*UpdateJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdateJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateJob request.
type UpdateJsonClassifierRequest ¶ added in v0.3.0
type UpdateJsonClassifierRequest struct { // A JsonPath string defining the JSON data for the classifier to classify. // AWS Glue supports a subset of JsonPath, as described in Writing JsonPath // Custom Classifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/custom-classifier.html#custom-classifier-json). JsonPath *string `type:"string"` // The name of the classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies a JSON classifier to be updated.
func (UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) String ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s *UpdateJsonClassifierRequest) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateMLTransformInput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type UpdateMLTransformInput struct { // A description of the transform. The default is an empty string. Description *string `type:"string"` // This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform // is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value // is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information, // see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions) // in the developer guide. GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to // task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default // is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 // vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see // the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/). // // When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity // field is set automatically and becomes read-only. MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"` // The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task // run fails. MaxRetries *int64 `type:"integer"` // The unique name that you gave the transform when you created it. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this // task runs. NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"` // The configuration parameters that are specific to the transform type (algorithm) // used. Conditionally dependent on the transform type. Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure"` // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required // permissions. Role *string `type:"string"` // The timeout for a task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum // time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is // terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours). Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` // A unique identifier that was generated when the transform was created. // // TransformId is a required field TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts // a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X. // // * For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of // memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker. // // * For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory // and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. // // * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory // and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker. WorkerType WorkerType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateMLTransformInput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s UpdateMLTransformInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateMLTransformInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateMLTransformOutput ¶ added in v0.11.0
type UpdateMLTransformOutput struct { // The unique identifier for the transform that was updated. TransformId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateMLTransformOutput) String ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (s UpdateMLTransformOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateMLTransformRequest ¶ added in v0.11.0
type UpdateMLTransformRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateMLTransformInput Copy func(*UpdateMLTransformInput) UpdateMLTransformRequest }
UpdateMLTransformRequest is the request type for the UpdateMLTransform API operation.
func (UpdateMLTransformRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r UpdateMLTransformRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateMLTransformResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateMLTransform API request.
type UpdateMLTransformResponse ¶ added in v0.11.0
type UpdateMLTransformResponse struct { *UpdateMLTransformOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateMLTransformResponse is the response type for the UpdateMLTransform API operation.
func (*UpdateMLTransformResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.11.0
func (r *UpdateMLTransformResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateMLTransform request.
type UpdatePartitionInput ¶
type UpdatePartitionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be updated resides. If // none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The new partition object to update the partition to. // // PartitionInput is a required field PartitionInput *PartitionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // A list of the values defining the partition. // // PartitionValueList is a required field PartitionValueList []string `type:"list" required:"true"` // The name of the table in which the partition to be updated is located. // // TableName is a required field TableName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdatePartitionInput) String ¶
func (s UpdatePartitionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdatePartitionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdatePartitionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdatePartitionOutput ¶
type UpdatePartitionOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (UpdatePartitionOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdatePartitionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdatePartitionRequest ¶
type UpdatePartitionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdatePartitionInput Copy func(*UpdatePartitionInput) UpdatePartitionRequest }
UpdatePartitionRequest is the request type for the UpdatePartition API operation.
func (UpdatePartitionRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdatePartitionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdatePartitionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdatePartition API request.
type UpdatePartitionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdatePartitionResponse struct { *UpdatePartitionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdatePartitionResponse is the response type for the UpdatePartition API operation.
func (*UpdatePartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdatePartitionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdatePartition request.
type UpdateTableInput ¶
type UpdateTableInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, // the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, // this name is entirely lowercase. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // By default, UpdateTable always creates an archived version of the table before // updating it. However, if skipArchive is set to true, UpdateTable does not // create the archived version. SkipArchive *bool `type:"boolean"` // An updated TableInput object to define the metadata table in the catalog. // // TableInput is a required field TableInput *TableInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateTableInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateTableInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateTableInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateTableInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateTableOutput ¶
type UpdateTableOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (UpdateTableOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateTableOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateTableRequest ¶
type UpdateTableRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateTableInput Copy func(*UpdateTableInput) UpdateTableRequest }
UpdateTableRequest is the request type for the UpdateTable API operation.
func (UpdateTableRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateTableRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateTableResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateTable API request.
type UpdateTableResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdateTableResponse struct { *UpdateTableOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateTableResponse is the response type for the UpdateTable API operation.
func (*UpdateTableResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdateTableResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateTable request.
type UpdateTriggerInput ¶
type UpdateTriggerInput struct { // The name of the trigger to update. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The new values with which to update the trigger. // // TriggerUpdate is a required field TriggerUpdate *TriggerUpdate `type:"structure" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateTriggerInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateTriggerInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateTriggerInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateTriggerInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateTriggerOutput ¶
type UpdateTriggerOutput struct { // The resulting trigger definition. Trigger *Trigger `type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateTriggerOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateTriggerOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateTriggerRequest ¶
type UpdateTriggerRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateTriggerInput Copy func(*UpdateTriggerInput) UpdateTriggerRequest }
UpdateTriggerRequest is the request type for the UpdateTrigger API operation.
func (UpdateTriggerRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateTriggerRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateTriggerResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateTrigger API request.
type UpdateTriggerResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdateTriggerResponse struct { *UpdateTriggerOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateTriggerResponse is the response type for the UpdateTrigger API operation.
func (*UpdateTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdateTriggerResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateTrigger request.
type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput ¶
type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct { // The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be updated is located. If // none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default. CatalogId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the catalog database where the function to be updated is located. // // DatabaseName is a required field DatabaseName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // A FunctionInput object that redefines the function in the Data Catalog. // // FunctionInput is a required field FunctionInput *UserDefinedFunctionInput `type:"structure" required:"true"` // The name of the function. // // FunctionName is a required field FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput ¶
type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
func (UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest ¶
type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput Copy func(*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput) UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest }
UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest is the request type for the UpdateUserDefinedFunction API operation.
func (UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateUserDefinedFunctionRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateUserDefinedFunction API request.
type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionResponse ¶ added in v0.9.0
type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionResponse struct { *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateUserDefinedFunctionResponse is the response type for the UpdateUserDefinedFunction API operation.
func (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.9.0
func (r *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateUserDefinedFunction request.
type UpdateWorkflowInput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type UpdateWorkflowInput struct { // A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow. DefaultRunProperties map[string]string `type:"map"` // The description of the workflow. Description *string `type:"string"` // Name of the workflow to be updated. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateWorkflowInput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s UpdateWorkflowInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateWorkflowInput) Validate ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s *UpdateWorkflowInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateWorkflowOutput ¶ added in v0.10.0
type UpdateWorkflowOutput struct { // The name of the workflow which was specified in input. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
func (UpdateWorkflowOutput) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s UpdateWorkflowOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateWorkflowRequest ¶ added in v0.10.0
type UpdateWorkflowRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateWorkflowInput Copy func(*UpdateWorkflowInput) UpdateWorkflowRequest }
UpdateWorkflowRequest is the request type for the UpdateWorkflow API operation.
func (UpdateWorkflowRequest) Send ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r UpdateWorkflowRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateWorkflowResponse, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateWorkflow API request.
type UpdateWorkflowResponse ¶ added in v0.10.0
type UpdateWorkflowResponse struct { *UpdateWorkflowOutput // contains filtered or unexported fields }
UpdateWorkflowResponse is the response type for the UpdateWorkflow API operation.
func (*UpdateWorkflowResponse) SDKResponseMetdata ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (r *UpdateWorkflowResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateWorkflow request.
type UpdateXMLClassifierRequest ¶ added in v0.2.0
type UpdateXMLClassifierRequest struct { // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches. Classification *string `type:"string"` // The name of the classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document // being parsed. This cannot identify a self-closing element (closed by />). // An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed as long // as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row> // is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not). RowTag *string `type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies an XML classifier to be updated.
func (UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) String ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (s UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (s *UpdateXMLClassifierRequest) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UserDefinedFunction ¶
type UserDefinedFunction struct { // The Java class that contains the function code. ClassName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The time at which the function was created. CreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the function. FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The owner of the function. OwnerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The owner type. OwnerType PrincipalType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The resource URIs for the function. ResourceUris []ResourceUri `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Represents the equivalent of a Hive user-defined function (UDF) definition.
func (UserDefinedFunction) String ¶
func (s UserDefinedFunction) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UserDefinedFunctionInput ¶
type UserDefinedFunctionInput struct { // The Java class that contains the function code. ClassName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The name of the function. FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The owner of the function. OwnerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The owner type. OwnerType PrincipalType `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The resource URIs for the function. ResourceUris []ResourceUri `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A structure used to create or update a user-defined function.
func (UserDefinedFunctionInput) String ¶
func (s UserDefinedFunctionInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UserDefinedFunctionInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type WorkerType ¶ added in v0.8.0
type WorkerType string
const ( WorkerTypeStandard WorkerType = "Standard" WorkerTypeG1x WorkerType = "G.1X" WorkerTypeG2x WorkerType = "G.2X" )
Enum values for WorkerType
func (WorkerType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (enum WorkerType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (WorkerType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.8.0
func (enum WorkerType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Workflow ¶ added in v0.10.0
type Workflow struct { // The date and time when the workflow was created. CreatedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow. DefaultRunProperties map[string]string `type:"map"` // A description of the workflow. Description *string `type:"string"` // The graph representing all the AWS Glue components that belong to the workflow // as nodes and directed connections between them as edges. Graph *WorkflowGraph `type:"structure"` // The date and time when the workflow was last modified. LastModifiedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The information about the last execution of the workflow. LastRun *WorkflowRun `type:"structure"` // The name of the workflow representing the flow. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A workflow represents a flow in which AWS Glue components should be executed to complete a logical task.
type WorkflowGraph ¶ added in v0.10.0
type WorkflowGraph struct { // A list of all the directed connections between the nodes belonging to the // workflow. Edges []Edge `type:"list"` // A list of the the AWS Glue components belong to the workflow represented // as nodes. Nodes []Node `type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A workflow graph represents the complete workflow containing all the AWS Glue components present in the workflow and all the directed connections between them.
func (WorkflowGraph) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s WorkflowGraph) String() string
String returns the string representation
type WorkflowRun ¶ added in v0.10.0
type WorkflowRun struct { // The date and time when the workflow run completed. CompletedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The graph representing all the AWS Glue components that belong to the workflow // as nodes and directed connections between them as edges. Graph *WorkflowGraph `type:"structure"` // Name of the workflow which was executed. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The date and time when the workflow run was started. StartedOn *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The statistics of the run. Statistics *WorkflowRunStatistics `type:"structure"` // The status of the workflow run. Status WorkflowRunStatus `type:"string" enum:"true"` // The ID of this workflow run. WorkflowRunId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The workflow run properties which were set during the run. WorkflowRunProperties map[string]string `type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A workflow run is an execution of a workflow providing all the runtime information.
func (WorkflowRun) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s WorkflowRun) String() string
String returns the string representation
type WorkflowRunStatistics ¶ added in v0.10.0
type WorkflowRunStatistics struct { // Total number of Actions which have failed. FailedActions *int64 `type:"integer"` // Total number Actions in running state. RunningActions *int64 `type:"integer"` // Total number of Actions which have stopped. StoppedActions *int64 `type:"integer"` // Total number of Actions which have succeeded. SucceededActions *int64 `type:"integer"` // Total number of Actions which timed out. TimeoutActions *int64 `type:"integer"` // Total number of Actions in the workflow run. TotalActions *int64 `type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Workflow run statistics provides statistics about the workflow run.
func (WorkflowRunStatistics) String ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (s WorkflowRunStatistics) String() string
String returns the string representation
type WorkflowRunStatus ¶ added in v0.10.0
type WorkflowRunStatus string
const ( WorkflowRunStatusRunning WorkflowRunStatus = "RUNNING" WorkflowRunStatusCompleted WorkflowRunStatus = "COMPLETED" )
Enum values for WorkflowRunStatus
func (WorkflowRunStatus) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (enum WorkflowRunStatus) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (WorkflowRunStatus) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.10.0
func (enum WorkflowRunStatus) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type XMLClassifier ¶ added in v0.2.0
type XMLClassifier struct { // An identifier of the data format that the classifier matches. // // Classification is a required field Classification *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The time that this classifier was registered. CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The time that this classifier was last updated. LastUpdated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The name of the classifier. // // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The XML tag designating the element that contains each record in an XML document // being parsed. This can't identify a self-closing element (closed by />). // An empty row element that contains only attributes can be parsed as long // as it ends with a closing tag (for example, <row item_a="A" item_b="B"></row> // is okay, but <row item_a="A" item_b="B" /> is not). RowTag *string `type:"string"` // The version of this classifier. Version *int64 `type:"long"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A classifier for XML content.
func (XMLClassifier) String ¶ added in v0.2.0
func (s XMLClassifier) String() string
String returns the string representation
Source Files ¶
- api_client.go
- api_doc.go
- api_enums.go
- api_errors.go
- api_op_BatchCreatePartition.go
- api_op_BatchDeleteConnection.go
- api_op_BatchDeletePartition.go
- api_op_BatchDeleteTable.go
- api_op_BatchDeleteTableVersion.go
- api_op_BatchGetCrawlers.go
- api_op_BatchGetDevEndpoints.go
- api_op_BatchGetJobs.go
- api_op_BatchGetPartition.go
- api_op_BatchGetTriggers.go
- api_op_BatchGetWorkflows.go
- api_op_BatchStopJobRun.go
- api_op_CancelMLTaskRun.go
- api_op_CreateClassifier.go
- api_op_CreateConnection.go
- api_op_CreateCrawler.go
- api_op_CreateDatabase.go
- api_op_CreateDevEndpoint.go
- api_op_CreateJob.go
- api_op_CreateMLTransform.go
- api_op_CreatePartition.go
- api_op_CreateScript.go
- api_op_CreateSecurityConfiguration.go
- api_op_CreateTable.go
- api_op_CreateTrigger.go
- api_op_CreateUserDefinedFunction.go
- api_op_CreateWorkflow.go
- api_op_DeleteClassifier.go
- api_op_DeleteConnection.go
- api_op_DeleteCrawler.go
- api_op_DeleteDatabase.go
- api_op_DeleteDevEndpoint.go
- api_op_DeleteJob.go
- api_op_DeleteMLTransform.go
- api_op_DeletePartition.go
- api_op_DeleteResourcePolicy.go
- api_op_DeleteSecurityConfiguration.go
- api_op_DeleteTable.go
- api_op_DeleteTableVersion.go
- api_op_DeleteTrigger.go
- api_op_DeleteUserDefinedFunction.go
- api_op_DeleteWorkflow.go
- api_op_GetCatalogImportStatus.go
- api_op_GetClassifier.go
- api_op_GetClassifiers.go
- api_op_GetConnection.go
- api_op_GetConnections.go
- api_op_GetCrawler.go
- api_op_GetCrawlerMetrics.go
- api_op_GetCrawlers.go
- api_op_GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings.go
- api_op_GetDatabase.go
- api_op_GetDatabases.go
- api_op_GetDataflowGraph.go
- api_op_GetDevEndpoint.go
- api_op_GetDevEndpoints.go
- api_op_GetJob.go
- api_op_GetJobBookmark.go
- api_op_GetJobRun.go
- api_op_GetJobRuns.go
- api_op_GetJobs.go
- api_op_GetMLTaskRun.go
- api_op_GetMLTaskRuns.go
- api_op_GetMLTransform.go
- api_op_GetMLTransforms.go
- api_op_GetMapping.go
- api_op_GetPartition.go
- api_op_GetPartitions.go
- api_op_GetPlan.go
- api_op_GetResourcePolicy.go
- api_op_GetSecurityConfiguration.go
- api_op_GetSecurityConfigurations.go
- api_op_GetTable.go
- api_op_GetTableVersion.go
- api_op_GetTableVersions.go
- api_op_GetTables.go
- api_op_GetTags.go
- api_op_GetTrigger.go
- api_op_GetTriggers.go
- api_op_GetUserDefinedFunction.go
- api_op_GetUserDefinedFunctions.go
- api_op_GetWorkflow.go
- api_op_GetWorkflowRun.go
- api_op_GetWorkflowRunProperties.go
- api_op_GetWorkflowRuns.go
- api_op_ImportCatalogToGlue.go
- api_op_ListCrawlers.go
- api_op_ListDevEndpoints.go
- api_op_ListJobs.go
- api_op_ListMLTransforms.go
- api_op_ListTriggers.go
- api_op_ListWorkflows.go
- api_op_PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings.go
- api_op_PutResourcePolicy.go
- api_op_PutWorkflowRunProperties.go
- api_op_ResetJobBookmark.go
- api_op_SearchTables.go
- api_op_StartCrawler.go
- api_op_StartCrawlerSchedule.go
- api_op_StartExportLabelsTaskRun.go
- api_op_StartImportLabelsTaskRun.go
- api_op_StartJobRun.go
- api_op_StartMLEvaluationTaskRun.go
- api_op_StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun.go
- api_op_StartTrigger.go
- api_op_StartWorkflowRun.go
- api_op_StopCrawler.go
- api_op_StopCrawlerSchedule.go
- api_op_StopTrigger.go
- api_op_TagResource.go
- api_op_UntagResource.go
- api_op_UpdateClassifier.go
- api_op_UpdateConnection.go
- api_op_UpdateCrawler.go
- api_op_UpdateCrawlerSchedule.go
- api_op_UpdateDatabase.go
- api_op_UpdateDevEndpoint.go
- api_op_UpdateJob.go
- api_op_UpdateMLTransform.go
- api_op_UpdatePartition.go
- api_op_UpdateTable.go
- api_op_UpdateTrigger.go
- api_op_UpdateUserDefinedFunction.go
- api_op_UpdateWorkflow.go
- api_types.go